You are on page 1of 348

@AIRBUS

A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS
AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

AC

The content of this document is the property of Airbus.


It is supplied in confidence and commercial security on its contents must be maintained.
It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is supplied, nor may
information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons.
It must not be reproduced in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of
the copyright. Requests for reproduction of any data in this document and the media authorized
for it must be addressed to Airbus.
AIRBUS S.A.S. 2005. All rights reserved.

AIRBUS S.A.S.
Customer Services
Technical Data Support and Services
31707 Blagnac Cedex
FRANCE

Issue: Mar 30/05

Rev: Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

HIGHLIGHTS
Revision No. 13 - Dec 01/14
LOCATIONS
CHAPTER 1
Section 1-1
Subject 1-1-0
Introduction
Section 1-2
Subject 1-2-1
Glossary

CHG
CODE

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

R
R
R

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

CHAPTER 2
Section 2-1
Subject 2-1-1
General Aircraft Characteristics Data
Section 2-3
Subject 2-3-0

Ground Clearances
FIGURE Ground Clearances

R
R

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Leading


Edge Slats - Extended

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Trailing


Edge Flaps - Extended

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Ailerons Down

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Ailerons Up

ADDED A/C CONFIGURATIONS HT1


AND RD1. IMPROVED LAYOUT AND
REVISED REFERENCE POINTS ON
FUSELAGE, WINGS AND TAILPLANE.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED
REVISED ILLUSTRATION TO ADD NOTE
ON DROOP NOSE AND IMPROVED
LAYOUT TO PUT THE REFERENCE
POINTS BELOW THE GROUND.
IMPROVED LAYOUT TO PUT THE
REFERENCE POINTS BELOW THE
GROUND.
IMPROVED LAYOUT TO PUT THE
REFERENCE POINTS BELOW THE
GROUND.
IMPROVED LAYOUT TO PUT THE
REFERENCE POINTS BELOW THE
GROUND.
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS
FIGURE Ground Clearances - Flap Tracks
- Extended
FIGURE Ground Clearances - Trimmable
Horizontal Stabilizer and Elevators Down

Section 2-7
Subject 2-7-0

CHG
CODE
R

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE
IMPROVED LAYOUT TO PUT THE
REFERENCE POINTS BELOW THE
GROUND.
ADDED ILLUSTRATION TO SHOW THE
MINIMUM GROUND CLEARANCE WHEN
THS AND ELEVATORS ARE IN FULLY
DOWN POSITION.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

Door Clearances
FIGURE Door Clearances - Forward
Passenger Doors

R
N

FIGURE Door Clearances - Main and


Upper Deck Passenger Doors

FIGURE Door Clearances - Aft Passenger


Doors

FIGURE Door Clearances - Forward Cargo


Compartment Door

FIGURE Door Clearances - Aft Cargo


Compartment Doors

FIGURE Door Clearances - Forward Nose


Landing Gear Doors

FIGURE Door Clearances - Wing Landing


Gears - Main Doors

FIGURE Door Clearances - Body Landing


Gears - Outer Doors

ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION


2-7-1 AND ADDED COVER PLATE DATA.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-2 AND ADDED COVER PLATE DATA.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-3 AND ADDED COVER PLATE DATA.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-5.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-4.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-6.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-7.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-8.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS
FIGURE Door Clearances - APU Doors

CHG
CODE
N

Subject 02-07-01

Subject 02-07-02

Subject 02-07-03

Subject 02-07-04

Subject 02-07-05

Subject 02-07-06

Subject 02-07-07

Subject 02-07-08

Subject 02-07-09

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE
ILLUSTRATION MOVED FROM SECTION
2-7-9.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

Section 2-8
Subject 2-8-0
Escape Slides

FIGURE Escape Slides - Location

FIGURE Escape Slides - Dimensions

CHAPTER 3
Section 3-2
Subject 03-02-00

R
D

Subject 3-2-1
Payload/Range - ISA Conditions

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA


Conditions
FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation ISA Conditions - TRENT 900 Engines

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation ISA Conditions - GP 7200 Engines

REVISED THE TITLE TO DELETE


FAA/EASA.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED
REVISED THE TITLE TO DELETE
FAA/EASA.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED

Section 3-3
Subject 3-3-1

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS

CHG
CODE

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

Subject 3-3-2
Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15
C (+59 F) Conditions

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation ISA + 15 C (+59 F) Conditions TRENT 900 Engines

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation ISA + 15 C (+59 F) Conditions - GP


7200 Engines

REVISED THE TITLE TO DELETE


FAA/EASA AND ADDED
CONDITIONS.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED
REVISED THE TITLE TO DELETE
FAA/EASA AND ADDED
CONDITIONS.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED

Section 3-4
Subject 3-4-1
Landing Field Length

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

FIGURE Landing Field Length - Dry


Runway

REVISED THE TITLE TO DELETE


FAA/EASA.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED

CHAPTER 4
Section 4-2
Subject 4-2-0
Turning Radii

FIGURE Turning Radii - (Sheet 1)

FIGURE Turning Radii - (Sheet 2)

CORRECTED THE NOTE TO REPLACE


PAGE 2 BY SHEET 2.
DELETED THE FREIGHTER VERSION
(A380-800F) IN THE TABLE TITLE AND
IMPROVED LAYOUT.

Section 4-3
Subject 4-3-0
Minimum Turning Radii

FIGURE Minimum Turning Radii

CHAPTER 5
Section 05-00

DELETED THE FREIGHTER VERSION


(A380-800F) IN THE TABLE TITLE AND
IMPROVED LAYOUT.

R
D

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS

CHG
CODE

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

Section 5-1
Subject 5-1-0
Aircraft Servicing Arrangements

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

Section 5-2
Subject 5-2-1
Typical Turn-Round Time - Standard
Servicing Via Main Deck and Upper Deck

FIGURE Typical Turn-Round Time Servicing Via Main and Upper Deck

REPLACED THE WORD DEBOARDING


BY DEPLANING AND TOILET BY
WASTE WATER.

Subject 5-2-2
Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via
Main Deck
FIGURE Typical Turn-Round Time Servicing Via Main Deck
Section 5-4
Subject 5-4-2

R
R

REPLACED THE WORD DEBOARDING


BY DEPLANING AND TOILET BY
WASTE WATER.

R
R

Grounding (Earthing) Points

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

FIGURE Grounding (Earthing) Point NLG

FIGURE Grounding (Earthing) Points WLG

FIGURE Grounding (Earthing) Points BLG

REVISED THE TITLE AND ILLUSTRATION


TO ADD THE WORD EARTHING TO
THE TERM GROUNDING.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED
REVISED THE TITLE AND ILLUSTRATION
TO ADD THE WORD EARTHING TO
THE TERM GROUNDING.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED
REVISED THE TITLE AND ILLUSTRATION
TO ADD THE WORD EARTHING TO
THE TERM GROUNDING.
ILLUSTRATION REVISED

Subject 5-4-3
Hydraulic System

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Hydraulic Reservoir Servicing Panel

REVISED ILLUSTRATION TO SHOW THE


DEPRESSURIZATION SWITCHES.

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS

CHG
CODE

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

Subject 5-4-4
Electrical System
FIGURE Ground Service Connections Ram Air Turbine Retracted
FIGURE Ground Service Connections Ram Air Turbine Extended
Subject 5-4-5
Oxygen System

NOTE AMENDED

R
R

Subject 5-4-6
Fuel System

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Overpressure Protector and NACA Flame


Arrestor - Wing

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Overpressure Protector and NACA Flame


Arrestor - Trim Tank

ADDED ILLUSTRATION TO SHOW


OVERPRESSURE PROTECTOR AND NACA
FLAME ARRESTOR ON TRIM TANK.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

Subject 5-4-7
Pneumatic System
Subject 5-4-8

R
R

Engine Oil Servicing

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Engine Oil Servicing - TRENT 900


Engines

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Engine Oil Servicing - GP7200 Engines

VFG Oil Servicing

FIGURE Ground Service Connections VFG Oil Servicing - TRENT 900 Engines

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED


NOTE AMENDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION ENGINE OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION ENGINE OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION VFG OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS
FIGURE Ground Service Connections VFG Oil Servicing - GP7200 Engines

CHG
CODE
N

Starter Oil Servicing

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Starter Oil Servicing - TRENT 900


Engines

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Starter Oil Servicing - GP7200 Engines

APU Oil Servicing

FIGURE Ground Service Connections APU Oil Servicing

Subject 5-4-9

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE
MIGRATED THE SECTION VFG OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION STARTER OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION STARTER OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION APU OIL
SERVICING FROM 05-04-09 TO
05-04-08.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

Potable Water System

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Potable Water Ground Service Panel

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Potable Water Drain Panel

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Potable Water Tanks Location

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED


NOTE AMENDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM FROM 05-04-08 TO
05-04-09.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM FROM 05-04-08 TO
05-04-09.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
MIGRATED THE SECTION POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM FROM 05-04-08 TO
05-04-09.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

Subject 5-4-10
Waste Water System

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Waste Water Ground Service Panel

REVISED THE TITLE TO WASTE WATER


GROUND SERVICE PANEL.
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS
Subject 5-4-11

CHG
CODE
N

Cargo Control Panels

FIGURE Forward Cargo Control Panels

FIGURE Aft Cargo Control Panels

CHAPTER 6
Section 6-1
Subject 6-1-0
Engine Exhaust Velocities and
Temperatures
Section 06-02
Section 6-4
Subject 06-04-00

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

ADDED NEW ILLUSTRATION FOR


FORWARD CARGO CONTROL PANELS.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED
ADDED NEW ILLUSTRATION FOR AFT
CARGO CONTROL PANELS.
ILLUSTRATION ADDED

R
D
R
D

Subject 6-4-1
APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures
- ECS Conditions

DESCRIPTION TITLE UPDATED

CHAPTER 7
Section 7-2
Subject 7-2-0
Landing Gear Footprint

FIGURE Landing Gear Footprint

REVISED THE LANDING GEAR


FOOTPRINT DATA FOR WV009.

Section 7-3
Subject 7-3-0
Maximum Pavement Loads
FIGURE Maximum Pavement Loads

R
R

REVISED THE MAXIMUM PAVEMENT


LOADS FOR WV009.

Section 7-6
Subject 7-6-0

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOCATIONS
Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN
Conversion
FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements
- LCN Table
FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements
- LCN - WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG
43 % - WLG
FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements
- LCN - WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG
41 % - WLG
Section 7-8
Subject 7-8-0

CHG
CODE
R

DESCRIPTIONS OF CHANGE

REVISED THE VALUES OF WV009 IN LCN


TABLE.

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN


Conversion
FIGURE Rigid Pavement Requirements LCN Table
Section 7-9
Subject 7-9-0

NOTE AMENDED

REVISED THE VALUES OF WV009 IN LCN


TABLE.

ACN/PCN Reporting System - Flexible


and Rigid Pavements

FIGURE Aircraft Classification Number ACN Table


FIGURE Aircraft Classification Number Flexible Pavement - WV007, MRW 492
000 kg, CG 43%

FIGURE Aircraft Classification Number Flexible Pavement - WV008, MRW 577


000 kg, CG 41%

R
R

REVISED THE VALUES OF WV009 IN ACN


TABLE.

CHAPTER 10
Section 10-0
Subject 10-0-0
FIGURE Emergency Evacuation Devices

ADDED NOTE TO MENTION THAT


ESCAPE SLIDES ARE SYMMETRICAL ON
BOTH SIDES.

HIGHLIGHTS
Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LIST OF EFFECTIVE CONTENT


Revision No. 13 - Dec 01/14
CONTENT

CHG
CODE

LAST REVISION
DATE

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

CHAPTER 1
Subject 1-1-0
Introduction
Subject 1-2-1
Glossary
CHAPTER 2
Subject 2-1-1
General Aircraft Characteristics Data
Subject 2-2-0
General Aircraft Dimensions

Dec 01/13

FIGURE General Aircraft Dimensions

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-3-0
Ground Clearances

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Leading Edge Slats - Extended

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Spoilers - Extended

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Ailerons - Down

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Ailerons - Up

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Flap Tracks - Extended

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Clearances - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer and


Elevators - Down
Subject 2-4-0
Interior Arrangement - Plan View

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-4-1
Standard Configuration - Pax

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE

FIGURE Interior Arrangements - Plan View - Standard Configuration


- Upper Deck
FIGURE Interior Arrangements - Plan View - Standard Configuration
- Main Deck
Subject 2-5-0

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Interior Arrangements - Cross Section

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-5-1
Typical Configuration - Pax

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Interior Arrangements - Cross-section - Typical Configuration


- Upper Deck

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Interior Arrangements - Cross-section - Typical Configuration


- Main Deck
Subject 2-6-0

Dec 01/13

Cargo Compartments

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-6-1
Location and Dimensions - Pax

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Cargo Compartments - Location and Dimensions

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-6-2
Loading Combinations - Pax

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Cargo Compartments - Loading Combinations

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-7-0
Door Clearances

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Door Location (Sheet 1)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Door Clearances - Door Location (Sheet 2)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Door Clearances - Forward Passenger Doors

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Main and Upper Deck Passenger Doors

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Aft Passenger Doors

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Aft Cargo Compartment Doors

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Forward Nose Landing Gear Doors

Dec 01/14

L.E.C.
Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
FIGURE Door Clearances - Wing Landing Gears - Main Doors

CHG
CODE
N

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - Body Landing Gears - Outer Doors

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Door Clearances - APU Doors

Dec 01/14

Escape Slides

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Escape Slides - Location

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Escape Slides - Dimensions

Dec 01/14

Subject 2-8-0

Subject 2-9-0
Landing Gear

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Wing Landing Gear - General

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Body Landing Gear - General

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Nose Landing Gear - General

Dec 01/13

Landing Gear Maintenance Pits

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Landing Gear Maintenance Pits - Maintenance Pit Envelopes

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Landing Gear Maintenance Pits - Necessary Depths

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Landing Gear Maintenance Pits - Maintenance Pit Envelopes


- WLG Pit Dimensions
FIGURE Landing Gear Maintenance Pits - Maintenance Pit Envelopes
- BLG Pit Dimensions
Subject 2-10-0

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Exterior Lighting

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Exterior Lighting

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Exterior Lighting

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Exterior Lighting

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Exterior Lighting

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Exterior Lighting

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-11-0
Antennas and Probes Location

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Antennas and Probes - Location

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-12-0
L.E.C.
Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
Auxiliary Power Unit

CHG
CODE

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

FIGURE Auxiliary Power Unit - Access Doors

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Auxiliary Power Unit - General Layout

Dec 01/13

Engine and Nacelle

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Engine Dimensions - GP 7200


Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Nacelle Dimensions - GP 7200


Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Fan Cowls - GP 7200 Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Thrust Reverser Cowls - GP 7200


Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Fan Exhaust Cowls - GP 7200


Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Engine Dimensions - TRENT 900


Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Nacelle Dimensions - TRENT 900


Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Fan Cowls - TRENT 900 Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Thrust Reverser Cowls - TRENT


900 Engine

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Power Plant Handling - Fan Exhaust Cowls - TRENT 900


Engine

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-13-0
Leveling, Symmetry and Alignment

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Location of Leveling Points

Dec 01/13

Subject 2-14-0
Jacking for Maintenance

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Jacking for Maintenance - Jacking Points Location

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Jacking for Maintenance - Jacking Dimensions

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Jacking for Maintenance - Forward Jacking Point

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Jacking for Maintenance - Wing Jacking Point

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE

FIGURE Jacking for Maintenance - Auxiliary Jacking Point - Safety


Stay

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

Jacking for Wheel Change

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Nose Landing Gear Jacking Point Heights

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Wing Landing Gear Jacking Point Heights

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Body Landing Gear Jacking Point Heights

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Nose Landing Gear Jacking Point Loads

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Wing Landing Gear Jacking Point Loads

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Body Landing Gear Jacking Point Loads

Dec 01/13

CHAPTER 3
Subject 3-1-0
General Information

Dec 01/13

Subject 3-2-1
Payload/Range - ISA Conditions

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Payload/Range - ISA Conditions - TRENT 900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Payload/Range - ISA Conditions - GP 7200 Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 3-3-1
Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA Conditions

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA Conditions - TRENT 900


Engines

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA Conditions - GP 7200


Engines

Dec 01/14

Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15 C (+59 F) Conditions

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15 C (+59 F)


Conditions - TRENT 900 Engines

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15 C (+59 F)


Conditions - GP 7200 Engines

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

Subject 3-3-2

Subject 3-4-1
Landing Field Length

L.E.C.
Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
FIGURE Landing Field Length - Dry Runway

CHG
CODE
R

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/14

Subject 3-5-0
Final Approach Speed

Dec 01/13

CHAPTER 4
Subject 4-1-0
General

Dec 01/13

Subject 4-2-0
Turning Radii

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Turning Radii - (Sheet 1)

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Turning Radii - (Sheet 2)

Dec 01/14

Minimum Turning Radii

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Minimum Turning Radii

Dec 01/14

Subject 4-3-0

Subject 4-4-0
Visibility from Cockpit in Static Position

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Visibility from Cockpit in Static Position

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Binocular Visibility Through Windows from Captain Eye


Position
Subject 4-5-0
Runway and Taxiway Turn Paths

Dec 01/13

Dec 01/13

Subject 4-5-1
135 Turn - Runway to Taxiway
FIGURE 135 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway - Judgemental Oversteer
Method
FIGURE 135 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway - Cockpit Tracks
Centreline Method
Subject 4-5-2

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

90 Turn - Runway to Taxiway

Dec 01/13

FIGURE 90 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway - Judgemental Oversteer


Method

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
FIGURE 90 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway - Cockpit Tracks Centreline
Method
Subject 4-5-3

CHG
CODE

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

180 Turn on a Runway

Dec 01/13

FIGURE 180 Turn on a Runway

Dec 01/13

Subject 4-5-4
90 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway
FIGURE 90 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway - Judgemental Oversteer
Method
FIGURE 90 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway - Cockpit Tracks Centreline
Method
Subject 4-5-5
135 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway
FIGURE 135 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway - Judgemental Oversteer
Method
FIGURE 135 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway - Cockpit Tracks
Centerline Method
Subject 4-6-0

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Runway Holding Bay (Apron)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Runway Holding Bay (Apron)

Dec 01/13

Subject 4-7-0
Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections - 90 Turn on


Runway Entry

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections - 180 Turn on


Runway Turn Pad

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections - 180 Turn on


Runway Width

Dec 01/13

Subject 4-8-0
Aircraft Mooring

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Aircraft Mooring

Dec 01/13

CHAPTER 5
L.E.C.
Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE

LAST REVISION
DATE

Dec 01/14

Subject 5-1-0
Aircraft Servicing Arrangements
Subject 5-1-1
Typical Ramp Layout (Open Apron)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Typical Ramp Layout - Open Apron

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-1-2
Typical Ramp Layout (Gate)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Typical Ramp Layout - Gate

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-2-1
Typical Turn-Round Time - Standard Servicing Via Main Deck and
Upper Deck

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via Main and Upper


Deck
Subject 5-2-2

Dec 01/14

Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via Main Deck

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via Main Deck

Dec 01/14

Subject 5-4-1
Ground Service Connections Layout

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Service Connections Layout

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-4-2
Grounding (Earthing) Points

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Grounding (Earthing) Point - NLG

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Grounding (Earthing) Points - WLG

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Grounding (Earthing) Points - BLG

Dec 01/14

Hydraulic System

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Hydraulic Reservoir Servicing


Panel
FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Hydraulic Ground Connections

Dec 01/14

Subject 5-4-3

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-4-4

L.E.C.
Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
Electrical System

CHG
CODE
R

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Electrical Service Panel

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/14
Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Ram Air Turbine Retracted

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Ram Air Turbine Extended

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

Subject 5-4-5
Oxygen System
FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Oxygen System

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-4-6
Fuel System

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Pressure Refuel Connections

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Overpressure Protector and


NACA Flame Arrestor - Wing

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Overpressure Protector and


NACA Flame Arrestor - Trim Tank
Subject 5-4-7

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

Pneumatic System
FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Low Pressure Preconditioned
Air
FIGURE Ground Service Connections - High Pressure Preconditioned
Air
Subject 5-4-8

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Engine Oil Servicing

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Engine Oil Servicing - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Engine Oil Servicing - GP7200


Engines

Dec 01/14

VFG Oil Servicing

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - VFG Oil Servicing - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - VFG Oil Servicing - GP7200


Engines

Dec 01/14

L.E.C.
Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE
N

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Starter Oil Servicing - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Starter Oil Servicing - GP7200


Engines

Dec 01/14

APU Oil Servicing

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - APU Oil Servicing

Dec 01/14

Potable Water System

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Potable Water Ground Service


Panel
FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Potable Water Drain Panel

Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Potable Water Tanks Location

Dec 01/14

Waste Water System

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Waste Water Ground Service


Panel
FIGURE Ground Service Connections - Waste Tanks Location

Dec 01/14

Starter Oil Servicing

Subject 5-4-9

Subject 5-4-10

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-4-11
Cargo Control Panels

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Forward Cargo Control Panels

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Aft Cargo Control Panels

Dec 01/14

Subject 5-5-0
Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Example for Use of the Charts

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements - Engine Alliance GP 7200


FIGURE Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements - Rolls Royce Trent 900 Engine

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Subject 5-6-0
Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE

FIGURE Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements - Heating

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements - Cooling

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-7-0
Preconditioned Airflow Requirements

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Preconditioned Airflow Requirements

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-8-0
Ground Towing Requirements

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Towing Requirements

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Ground Towing Requirements - Nose Gear Towing Fittings

Dec 01/13

Subject 5-9-0
De-Icing and External Cleaning

Dec 01/13

CHAPTER 6
Subject 6-1-0
Engine Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures

Dec 01/14

Subject 6-1-1
Engine Exhaust Velocities - Ground Idle Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Velocities - Ground Idle Power - TRENT 900


Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Velocities - Ground Idle Power - GP 7200


Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-1-2
Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Ground Idle Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Ground Idle Power - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Ground Idle Power - GP


7200 Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-1-3
Engine Exhaust Velocities - Breakaway Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Velocities - Breakaway Power - TRENT 900


Engines

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
FIGURE Engine Exhaust Velocities - Breakaway Power - GP 7200
Engines

CHG
CODE

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

Subject 6-1-4
Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Breakaway Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Breakaway Power - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Breakaway Power - GP 7200


Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-1-5
Engine Exhaust Velocities - Max Take-off Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Velocities - Max. Take-Off Power - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Velocities - Max. Take-Off Power - GP 7200


Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-1-6
Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Max Take-off Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Max Take-Off Power TRENT 900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Max Take-Off Power - GP


7200 Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-3-0
Danger Areas of the Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-3-1
Danger Areas of the Engines - Ground Idle Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Danger Areas of the Engines - Ground Idle Power - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Danger Areas of the Engines - Ground Idle Power - GP 7200


Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-3-2
Danger Areas of the Engines - Max. Take-Off Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Danger Areas of the Engines - Max Take-Off Power TRENT 900 Engines

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 12
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE

FIGURE Danger Areas of the Engines - Max Take-Off Power - GP


7200 Engines

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

Subject 6-3-3
Danger Areas of the Engines - Breakaway Power

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Danger Areas of the Engines - Breakaway Power - TRENT


900 Engines

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Danger Areas of the Engines - Breakaway Power - GP 7200


Engines

Dec 01/13

Subject 6-4-1
APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - ECS Conditions

Dec 01/14

FIGURE APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - Max. ECS


Conditions
Subject 6-4-2

Dec 01/13

APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - MES Conditions

Dec 01/13

FIGURE APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - MES Conditions

Dec 01/13

CHAPTER 7
Subject 7-1-0
General Information

Dec 01/13

Subject 7-2-0
Landing Gear Footprint

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Landing Gear Footprint

Dec 01/14

Maximum Pavement Loads

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Maximum Pavement Loads

Dec 01/14

Subject 7-3-0

Subject 7-4-0
Landing Gear Loading on Pavement

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Landing Gear Loading on Pavement - WV007, MRW 492


000 kg, CG 43% (Sheet 1 of 2)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Landing Gear Loading on Pavement - WV008, MRW 577


000 kg CG 41% (Sheet 1 of 2)

Dec 01/13

Subject 7-5-0
L.E.C.
Page 13
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT

CHG
CODE

Flexible Pavement Requirements - US Army Corps of Engineers


Design Method

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/13

FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements - WV007, MRW 492 000


kg, CG 43 % - Wing Landing Gear (Sheet 1 of 2)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements - WV008, MRW 577 000


kg, CG 41 % - Wing Landing Gear (Sheet 1 of 2)

Dec 01/13

Subject 7-6-0
Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Table

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN - WV007, MRW 492


000 kg, CG 43 % - WLG

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN - WV008, MRW 577


000 kg, CG 41 % - WLG

Dec 01/14

Subject 7-7-0
Rigid Pavement Requirements - Portland Cement Association Design
Method
FIGURE Rigid Pavement Requirements - WV007, MRW 492 000 kg,
CG 43 % - WLG
FIGURE Rigid Pavement Requirements - WV008, MRW 577 000 kg,
CG 41 % - WLG
Subject 7-8-0

Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13
Dec 01/13

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Table

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Radius of Relative Stiffness (L)

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN - WV007, MRW 492


000 kg, CG 43% - WLG

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN - WV008, MRW 577


000 kg, CG 41% - WLG

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Radius of Relative Stiffness (Effect E and on L values)

Dec 01/13

Subject 7-9-0
ACN/PCN Reporting System - Flexible and Rigid Pavements

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Aircraft Classification Number - ACN Table

Dec 01/14

L.E.C.
Page 14
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

CONTENT
FIGURE Aircraft Classification Number - Flexible Pavement - WV007,
MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43%
FIGURE Aircraft Classification Number - Flexible Pavement - WV008,
MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41%

CHG
CODE
R

LAST REVISION
DATE
Dec 01/14

Dec 01/14

CHAPTER 8
Subject 8-0-0
Scaled Drawings

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Scaled Drawing

Dec 01/13

CHAPTER 10
Subject 10-0-0
Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Front Page

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Highly Flammable and Hazardous Materials and Components

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Batteries Location and Access

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Crew Rest Compartments Location

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Wheel/Brake Overheat - Wheel Safety Area

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Composite Materials Location

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Landing Gear - Ground Lock Safety Devices

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Emergency Evacuation Devices

Dec 01/14

FIGURE Pax/Crew Doors and Emergency Exits

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Cargo Doors - FWD and AFT Lower Deck Cargo Doors

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Control Panels

Dec 01/13

FIGURE APU Compartment Access

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Aircraft Ground Clearances

Dec 01/13

FIGURE Structural Break-in Points

Dec 01/13

L.E.C.
Page 15
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1
1-1-0
1-2-1

SCOPE
Introduction
Glossary

2
AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION
2-1-1
General Aircraft Characteristics Data
2-2-0
General Aircraft Dimensions
2-3-0
Ground Clearances
2-4-0
Interior Arrangement - Plan View
2-4-1
Standard Configuration
2-5-0
Interior Arrangements - Cross Section
2-5-1
Typical Configuration
2-6-0
Cargo Compartments
2-6-1
Location and Dimensions
2-6-2
Loading Combinations
2-7-0
Door Clearances
2-8-0
Escape Slides
2-9-0
Landing Gear
2-10-0
Exterior Lighting
2-11-0
Antennas and Probes Location
2-12-0
Power Plant
2-13-0
Leveling, Symmetry and Alignment
2-14-0
Jacking
3
3-1-0
3-2-1
3-3-1
3-3-2
3-4-1
3-5-0

AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE
General Information
ISA Conditions
Take Off Weight Limitation - ISA Conditions
Take Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15 C (59 F)
Landing Field Length
Final Approach Speed

4
4-1-0
4-2-0

GROUND MANEUVERING
General Information
Turning Radii
T.O.C.
Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-3-0
4-4-0
4-5-0
4-5-1
4-5-2
4-5-3
4-5-4
4-5-5
4-6-0
4-7-0
4-8-0

Minimum Turning Radii


Visibility from Cockpit in Static Position
Runway and Taxiway Turn Paths
135 Turn - Runway to Taxiway
90 Turn - Runway to Taxiway
180 Turn on a Runway
90 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway
135 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway
Runway Holding Bay (Apron)
Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections
Aircraft Mooring

5
TERMINAL SERVICING
5-1-0
Aircraft Servicing Arrangements
5-1-1
Typical Ramp Layout (Open Apron)
5-1-2
Typical Ramp Layout (Gate)
5-2-1
Typical Turn-Round Time - Standard Servicing Via Main Deck and Upper Deck
5-2-2
Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via Main Deck
5-4-1
Ground Service Connections Layout
5-4-2
Grounding (Earthing) Points
5-4-3
Hydraulic System
5-4-4
Electrical System
5-4-5
Oxygen System
5-4-6
Fuel System
5-4-7
Pneumatic System
5-4-8
Oil System
5-4-9
Potable Water System
5-4-10
Vacuum Toilet System
5-4-11
Cargo Control Panels
5-5-0
Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements
5-6-0
Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements
5-7-0
Preconditioned Airflow Requirements
5-8-0
Ground Towing Requirements
5-9-0
De-Icing and External Cleaning
6
6-1-0
6-1-1

OPERATING CONDITIONS
Engine Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures
Engine Exhaust Velocities - Ground Idle Power
T.O.C.
Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-2
6-1-3
6-1-4
6-1-5
6-1-6
6-3-0
6-3-1
6-3-2
6-3-3
6-4-1
6-4-2

Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Ground Idle Power


Engine Exhaust Velocities - Breakaway Power
Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Breakaway Power
Engine Exhaust Velocities - Max Take-off Power
Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Max Take-off Power
Danger Areas of the Engines
Danger Areas of the Engines - Ground Idle Power
Danger Areas of the Engines - Max. Take-Off Power
Danger Areas of the Engines - Breakaway Power
APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures
APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - MES Conditions

7
7-1-0
7-2-0
7-3-0
7-4-0
7-5-0
7-6-0
7-7-0
7-8-0
7-9-0

PAVEMENT DATA
General Information
Landing Gear Footprint
Maximum Pavement Loads
Landing Gear Loading on Pavement
Flexible Pavement Requirements - US Army Corps of Engineers Design Method
Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion
Rigid Pavement Requirements - Portland Cement Association Design Method
Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion
ACN/PCN Reporting System - Flexible and Rigid Pavements

8
8-0-0

SCALED DRAWINGS
SCALED DRAWINGS

10
AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING
10-0-0
AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING

T.O.C.
Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

SCOPE
1-1-0

Introduction

**ON A/C A380-800


Introduction
1.

General
The A380 AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING (AC)
manual is issued for the A380 series aircraft to provide necessary data to airport operators, airlines
and Maintenance/Repair Organizations (MRO) for airport and maintenance facilities planning.
This document is not customized and must not be used for training purposes. No information within
may constitute a contractual commitment.
The A380-800 is a subsonic, very long range and very high capacity civil transport aircraft. The
A380-800 offers several payload capabilities ranging from 400 passengers in a very comfortable multiclass configuration, up to 853 passengers in an all economy class configuration.
Designed in close collaboration with major airlines, airports and airworthiness authorities, the A380 is
the most advanced, spacious and productive aircraft in service setting a new standard in air travel
and environmental efficiency.
The A380 Family starts from a baseline passenger aircraft - the A380-800. A higher capacity version,
the A380-900 could be developed when required by the market.
Two engine types are currently offered, the Engine Alliance GP7200 series and the Rolls-Royce Trent
900 series. Both engines use state of the art technology for better performance, maintainability, lower
fuel consumption and environmental impact.
The A380-800 was designed to be compatible with current airport infrastructure and equipment, as
proven in service. Bigger, quieter and capable of achieving quick turn around times, the A380-800
provides an efficient solution for airports and airlines to grow in a sustainable manner.
Correspondence concerning this publication should be directed to:
AIRBUS S.A.S.
Customer Services
Technical Data Support and Services
1, Rond Point Maurice BELLONTE
31707 BLAGNAC CEDEX
FRANCE

1-1-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

1-2-1

Glossary

**ON A/C A380-800


Glossary
1. List of Abbreviations
A/C
ACN
AMM
APU
B/C
BLG
CBR
CC
CG
C/L
E
ECS
ELEC
ESWL
FAA
F/C
FDL
FR
FSTE
FWD
GPU
GSE
ICAO
ISA
L
L
LCN
LD
LD
LH
LPS
MAC
MAX

Aircraft
Aircraft Classification Number
Aircraft Maintenance Manual
Auxiliary Power Unit
Business Class
Body Landing Gear
California Bearing Ratio
Cargo Compartment
Center of Gravity
Center Line
Youngs Modulus
Environmental Control System
Electric, Electrical, Electricity
Equivalent Single Wheel Load
Federal Aviation Administration
First Class
Fuselage Datum Line
Frame
Full Size Trolley Equivalent
Forward
Ground Power Unit
Ground Support Equipment
International Civil Aviation Organisation
International Standard Atmosphere
Left
Radius of relative stiffness
Load Classification Number
Load Device
Lower Deck
Left Hand
Last Pax Seating
Mean Aerodynamic Chord
Maximum

1-2-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

MD
MIN
NLG
OAT
PAX
PBB
PB/D
PCA
PCN
PRM
R
RH
UD
ULD
US
VFG
WLG
WV
Y/C
2.

Main Deck
Minimum
Nose Landing Gear
Outside Air Temperature
Passenger
Passenger Boarding Bridge
Passenger Boarding/Deplaning
Portland Cement Association
Pavement Classification Number
Passenger with Reduced Mobility
Right
Right Hand
Upper Deck
Unit Load Device
United States
Variable Frequency Generator
Wing Landing Gear
Weight Variant
Tourist Class

Design Weight Terminology


- Maximum Design Ramp Weight (MRW):
Maximum weight for ground maneuver (including weight of taxi and run-up fuel) as limited by
aircraft strength and airworthiness requirements. It is also called Maximum Design Taxi Weight
(MTW).
- Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW):
Maximum weight for landing as limited by aircraft strength and airworthiness requirements.
- Maximum Design Take-Off Weight (MTOW):
Maximum weight for take-off as limited by aircraft strength and airworthiness requirements. (This
is the maximum weight at start of the take-off run).
- Maximum Design Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW):
Maximum permissible weight of the aircraft without usable fuel.
- Maximum Seating Capacity:
Maximum number of passengers specifically certified or anticipated for certification.
- Usable Volume:
Usable volume available for cargo, pressurized fuselage, passenger compartment and cockpit.
- Water Volume:
Maximum volume of cargo compartment.
- Usable Fuel:
Fuel available for aircraft propulsion.

1-2-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION
2-1-1

General Aircraft Characteristics Data

**ON A/C A380-800


General Aircraft Characteristics Data
1.

The following table provides characteristics of A380-800 Models, these data are specific to each
Weight Variant:
WV000

Aircraft Characteristics
WV001
WV002

Maximum Ramp Weight


(MRW)
562 000 kg
512 000 kg 571 000 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (1 238 998 lb) (1 128 766 lb) (1 258 839 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off
Weight (MTOW)

560 000 kg
510 000 kg 569 000 kg
(1 234 588 lb) (1 124 357 lb) (1 254 430 lb)

Maximum Landing
Weight (MLW)
Maximum Zero Fuel
Weight (MZFW)

386 000 kg
(850 984 lb)
361 000 kg
(795 869 lb)

394 000 kg
(868 621 lb)
372 000 kg
(820 119 lb)

391 000 kg
(862 007 lb)
366 000 kg
(806 892 lb)

Aircraft Characteristics
WV006
WV007

WV005
Maximum Ramp Weight
(MRW)
562 000 kg
575 000 kg 492 000 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (1 238 998 lb) (1 267 658 lb) (1 084 674 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off
Weight (MTOW)

560 000 kg
573 000 kg 490 000 kg
(1 234 588 lb) (1 263 248 lb) (1 080 265 lb)

Maximum Landing
Weight (MLW)
Maximum Zero Fuel
Weight (MZFW)

386 000 kg
(850 984 lb)
366 000 kg
(806 892 lb)

393 000 kg
(866 416 lb)
368 000 kg
(811 301 lb)

395 000 kg
(870 826 lb)
373 000 kg
(822 324 lb)

2-1-1

WV003

WV004

512 000 kg
(1 128 766
lb)

562 000 kg
(1 238 998 lb)

510 000 kg
560 000 kg
(1 124 357
(1 234 588 lb)
lb)
395 000 kg
391 000 kg
(870 826 lb) (862 007 lb)
373 000 kg
366 000 kg
(822 324 lb) (806 892 lb)

WV008

WV009

577 000 kg
(1 272 067
lb)

512 000 kg
(1 128 766 lb)

575 000 kg
510 000 kg
(1 267 658
(1 124 357 lb)
lb)
394 000 kg
386 000 kg
(868 621 lb) (850 984 lb)
369 000 kg
361 000 kg
(813 506 lb) (795 869 lb)

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2.

The following table provides characteristics of A380-800 Models, these data are common to each
Weight Variant:
Aircraft Characteristics
Standard Seating
Capacity

555

Usable Fuel Capacity


(density = 0.785
kg/l)

323 546 l
(85 472 US gal)
253 983 kg
(559 937 lb)

Pressurized Fuselage
Volume (A/C non
equipped, main and
upper deck)
Passenger
Compartment Volume
(main deck)
Passenger
Compartment Volume
(upper deck)
Cockpit Volume
Usable Volume, FWD
CC
(Based on LD3)
Usable Volume, AFT
CC
(Based on LD3)
Usable Volume, Bulk
CC
Water Volume, FWD
CC
Water Volume, AFT
CC
Water Volume, Bulk
CC

2 100 m3
(74 161 ft3)
775 m3
(27 369 ft3)
530 m3
(18 717 ft3)
12 m3
(424 ft3)
89.4 m3
(3 157 ft3)
71.5 m3
(2 525 ft3)
14.3 m3
(505 ft3)
131 m3
(4 626 ft3)
107.8 m3
(3 807 ft3)
17.3 m3
(611 ft3)

2-1-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-2-0

General Aircraft Dimensions

**ON A/C A380-800


General Aircraft Dimensions
1.

This section provides General Aircraft Dimensions.

2-2-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


72.73 m
(238.62 ft)
70.4 m
(230.97 ft)
53.94 m
(176.97 ft)

14.08 m
(46.19 ft)

4.7 m
(15.42 ft)

8.41 m
(27.59 ft)

14.59 m
(47.87 ft)

12.06 m
(39.57 ft)
8.56 m
(28.08 ft)

4.97 m
(16.31 ft)
33.58 m WLG
(110.17 ft)
36.85 m BLG
(120.9 ft)

30.37 m
(99.64 ft)

79.75 m
(261.65 ft)

12.46 m
(40.88 ft)

7.14 m
(23.43 ft)

5.26 m
(17.26 ft)

14.34 m
(47.05 ft)
29.6 m
(97.11 ft)
51.4 m
(168.64 ft)
NOTE: RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.

L_AC_020200_1_0010101_01_02

General Aircraft Dimensions


(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-2-2-0-991-001-A01

2-2-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

72.57 m
(238.09 ft)
68.85 m
(225.89 ft)
46.97 m
(154.1 ft)

3.98 m
(13.06 ft)

52.07 m
(170.83 ft)

29.94 m
(98.23 ft)
11.57 m
(37.96 ft)

3.72 m
(12.2 ft)

22.23 m
(72.93 ft)
17.67 m
(57.97 ft)

NOTE: RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.

25.97 m
(85.2 ft)

17.65 m
(57.91 ft)
21.87 m
(71.75 ft)

13.49 m
(44.26 ft)

9.36 m
(30.71 ft)

L_AC_020200_1_0010103_01_00

General Aircraft Dimensions


(Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-2-2-0-991-001-A01

2-2-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-3-0

Ground Clearances

**ON A/C A380-800


Ground Clearances
1.

This section provides the heights of various points of the aircraft, above the ground, for different
aircraft configurations.
Dimensions in the tables are approximate and will vary with tire type, weight and balance and other
special conditions.
The dimensions are given for:
- A light weight, for an aircraft in maintenance configuration with a FWD CG and an AFT CG,
- An aircraft at Maximum Ramp Weight with a FWD CG and an AFT CG,
- Aircraft on jacks, FDL at 7.20 m (23.62 ft).
NOTE : Passenger and cargo door ground clearances are measured from the center of the door sill
and from floor level.

2-3-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

M1

M2
F2

U1

M3

W1 W2 C3 C2

VT

A/C
CONFIGURATION

FUSELAGE

WINGS
TAILPLANE

M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
U1
U2
U3
C1
C2
C3
F1
F2
F3
BF1
BF2
CP1
RD1
W1
W2
HT
HT1
VT
N1
N2

HT1 HT

RD1 CP1

C1
BF2

DOORS

U2 M4 U3 M5
F3

N2 BF1 N1

MRW
FWD CG
AFT CG
(37.8%)
(41%)
m
m
ft
ft
5.10
16.8
5.13
16.7
5.12
16.9
5.14
16.8
5.15
16.9
5.15
16.9
5.18
16.9
5.15
17.0
5.20
16.9
5.16
17.1
7.87
25.9
7.89
25.8
7.91
25.9
7.90
26.0
7.94
26.0
7.91
26.0
3.05
10.1
3.08
10.0
3.11
10.2
3.10
10.2
3.24
10.6
3.23
10.6
2.34
7.7
2.38
7.8
35.3
35.4
10.75
10.79
35.5
35.4
10.83
10.78
5.4
5.4
1.66
1.66
7.4
7.3
2.27
2.22
7.13
23.4
23.5
7.17
4.74
15.6
4.82
15.8
7.55
7.49
24.8
24.6
5.27
5.21
17.3
17.1
9.20
9.15
30.2
30.0
7.65
7.60
25.1
24.9
79.3
79.1
24.17
24.12
1.05
1.08
3.4
3.5
1.90
6.2
1.90
6.2

F1

300 t
FWD CG
AFT CG
(29%)
(44%)
m
m
ft
ft
17.6
16.9
5.14
5.36
17.5
5.20
5.34
17.1
5.30
5.31
17.4
17.4
17.3
17.6
5.37
5.28
17.3
17.8
5.42
5.27
26.2
26.5
7.98
8.08
26.6
26.4
8.10
8.04
26.7
26.3
8.15
8.02
10.6
10.8
3.24
3.30
10.7
10.6
3.27
3.23
11.0
3.41
3.36
11.2
2.45
8.0
2.59
8.5
35.6
36.1
10.84
11.00
36.0
35.9
10.97
10.93
6.0
6.0
1.82
1.82
7.9
7.8
2.38
2.41
7.16
23.5
24.3
7.42
4.76
15.6
5.02
16.5
8.27
8.22
27.0
27.1
5.97
5.94
19.6
19.5
9.30
9.20
30.5
30.2
7.75
7.65
25.4
25.1
79.6
79.3
24.27
24.17
1.30
1.30
4.3
4.3
7.4
7.4
2.27
2.27

ENGINE/
NACELLE
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED
FROM THE CENTER OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL.
MAXIMUM JACKING WEIGHT = 333 700 kg (735 682 lb).

A/C JACKED
FDL = 7.20 m
(23.6 ft)
m
7.15
7.15
7.15
7.15
7.15
9.90
9.90
9.90
5.12
5.12
5.24
4.41
12.82
12.82
3.68
4.27
9.22
6.84
10.12
7.84
11.14
9.59
26.11
3.14
4.13

ft
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
32.5
32.5
32.5
16.8
16.8
17.2
14.5
42.1
42.1
12.1
14.0
30.2
22.4
33.2
25.7
36.5
31.5
85.7
10.3
13.5

L_AC_020300_1_0010101_01_04

Ground Clearances
(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-001-A01

2-3-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

C D

G H

LEADING EDGE SLATS EXTENDED


MRW
FWD CG

DESCRIPTION

DN1* INBD END

MRW
AFT CG

300 t
MID CG

ft

ft

ft

3.95

13.0

3.98

13.1

4.10

13.5

DN1/DN2*

4.60

15.1

4.62

15.2

4.78

15.7

DN2* OUTBD END

5.12

16.8

5.13

16.8

5.32

17.5

SLAT 2 INBD END

5.12

16.8

5.13

16.8

5.35

17.6

SLAT 2/3

5.34

17.5

5.35

17.6

5.61

18.4

SLAT 3/4

5.53

18.1

5.53

18.1

5.85

19.2

SLAT 4 OUTBD END

5.65

18.5

5.65

18.5

6.04

19.8

SLAT 5 INBD END

5.78

19.0

5.77

18.9

6.21

20.4

SLAT 5/6

5.89

19.3

5.87

19.3

6.40

21.0

SLAT 6/7

5.98

19.6

5.96

19.6

6.58

21.6

SLAT 7 OUTBD END

6.05

19.8

6.02

19.8

6.75

22.1

NOTE:
* DN DROOP NOSE

L_AC_020300_1_0040101_01_01

Ground Clearances
Leading Edge Slats - Extended
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-004-A01

2-3-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FLAPS EXTENDED
MRW
FWD CG

DESCRIPTION

ft

MRW
AFT CG
m

ft

300 t
MID CG
m

ft

INNER END

1.54

5.1

1.53

5.0

1.71

5.6

INNER/MID

3.43

11.3

3.42

11.2

3.66

12.0

MID OUTER

4.56

15.0

4.54

14.9

4.92

16.1

OUTER END

5.11

16.8

5.08

16.7

5.61

18.4

L_AC_020300_1_0050101_01_01

Ground Clearances
Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-005-A01

2-3-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

DC

SPOILERS EXTENDED
MRW
FWD CG

DESCRIPTION

m
SPOILER 1 INBD
SPOILER 1/2
SPOILER 2 OUTBD END
SPOILER 3
SPOILER 3/4
SPOILER 4/5
SPOILER 5/6
SPOILER 6/7
SPOILER 7/8
SPOILER 8 OUTBD END

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K

4.98
5.62
6.09
6.32
6.56
6.79
6.94
7.02
7.02
7.00

ft
16.3
18.4
20.0
20.7
21.5
22.3
22.8
23.0
23.0
23.0

MRW
AFT CG
m
4.97
5.61
6.08
6.31
6.55
6.78
6.93
7.00
7.00
6.98

ft
16.3
18.4
19.9
20.7
21.5
22.2
22.7
23.0
23.0
22.9

300 t
MID CG
m
5.17
5.81
6.31
6.55
6.80
7.07
7.25
7.36
7.42
7.45

ft
17.0
19.1
20.7
21.5
22.3
23.2
23.8
24.1
24.3
24.4

L_AC_020300_1_0060101_01_00

Ground Clearances
Spoilers - Extended
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-006-A01

2-3-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AILERONS DOWN
MRW
FWD CG

DESCRIPTION

m
INNER END
INNER/MID
MID OUTER
OUTER END

A
B
C
D

5.83
5.90
5.99
6.12

ft
19.1
19.4
19.7
20.1

MRW
AFT CG
m
5.80
5.87
5.96
6.08

ft
19.0
19.3
19.6
19.9

300 t
MID CG
m
6.32
6.43
6.58
6.78

ft
20.7
21.1
21.6
22.2

L_AC_020300_1_0070101_01_01

Ground Clearances
Ailerons - Down
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-007-A01

2-3-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AILERONS UP
MRW
FWD CG

DESCRIPTION

m
INNER END
INNER/MID
MID OUTER
OUTER END

A
B
C
D

6.38
6.41
6.45
6.50

ft
20.9
21.0
21.2
21.3

MRW
AFT CG
m
6.35
6.38
6.41
6.46

ft
20.8
20.9
21.0
21.2

300 t
MID CG
m
6.87
6.94
7.04
7.17

ft
22.5
22.8
23.1
23.5

L_AC_020300_1_0080101_01_01

Ground Clearances
Ailerons - Up
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-008-A01

2-3-0

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

B
A

FLAP TRACKS EXTENDED


MRW
FWD CG

DESCRIPTION

m
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
TRACK 6

A
B
C
D
E

2.17
2.87
3.08
3.48
3.86

ft
7.1
9.4
10.1
11.4
12.7

MRW
AFT CG
m
2.15
2.85
3.06
3.45
3.82

ft
7.1
9.4
10.0
11.3
12.5

300 t
MID CG
m
2.37
3.12
3.42
3.89
4.35

ft
7.8
10.2
11.2
12.8
14.3

L_AC_020300_1_0090101_01_01

Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Extended
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-009-A01

2-3-0

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

6.55 m
(21.49 ft)

NOTE:
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER AND ELEVATORS
ARE IN FULLY DOWN POSITION.

L_AC_020300_1_0100101_01_00

Ground Clearances
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer and Elevators - Down
FIGURE-2-3-0-991-010-A01

2-3-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-4-0

Interior Arrangement - Plan View

**ON A/C A380-800


Interior Arrangement - Plan View
1.

Interior Arrangement - Plan View

2-4-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-4-1

Standard Configuration

**ON A/C A380-800


Standard Configuration - Pax
1.

This section gives the standard configuration of A380-800 models

2-4-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

UPPER DECK
PASSENGER SEATS UPPER DECK (199 TOTAL)
BUSINESS CLASS 96 SEATS
TOURIST CLASS 103 SEATS
ATTENDANT SEATS 8
COAT STOWAGE 6
GALLEYS 8
LAVATORIES 7
STOWAGES 1
LIFT 2
STAIRS 2
CREW REST BUNKS 5

L_AC_020401_1_0010101_01_00

Interior Arrangements - Plan View


Standard Configuration - Upper Deck
FIGURE-2-4-1-991-001-A01

2-4-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

MAIN DECK
PASSENGER SEATS MAIN DECK (356 TOTAL)
FIRST CLASS 22 SEATS
TOURIST CLASS 334 SEATS
ATTENDANT SEATS 12
COAT STOWAGE 1
GALLEYS 9
LAVATORIES 10
STOWAGES 1
LIFT 2
STAIRS 2

L_AC_020401_1_0020101_01_00

Interior Arrangements - Plan View


Standard Configuration - Main Deck
FIGURE-2-4-1-991-002-A01

2-4-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-5-0

Interior Arrangements - Cross Section

**ON A/C A380-800


Interior Arrangements - Cross Section
1.

Interior Arrangements - Cross Section

2-5-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-5-1

Typical Configuration

**ON A/C A380-800


Typical Configuration - Pax
1.

This section gives the typical configuration of A380-800 models.

2-5-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

UPPER DECK
TOURIST CLASS 8 ABREAST

1.07 m

1.07 m

1.07 m

1.07 m

(42 in)

(42 in)

(42 in)

(42 in)

0.51 m
(20 in)

UPPER DECK
BUSINESS CLASS 6 ABREAST

1.37 m
(54 in)

1.37 m
(54 in)

1.37 m
(54 in)

0.58 m
(23 in)

L_AC_020501_1_0010101_01_00

Interior Arrangements - Cross-section


Typical Configuration - Upper Deck
FIGURE-2-5-1-991-001-A01

2-5-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

MAIN DECK
TOURIST CLASS 10 ABREAST

1.57 m
(62 in)

1.07 m

1.07 m

(42 in)

(42 in)

1.57 m
(62 in)

0.51 m
(20 in)

MAIN DECK
FIRST CLASS 6 ABREAST

1.45 m
(57 in)

1.45 m
(57 in)

1.45 m
(57 in)

0.97 m
(38 in)

L_AC_020501_1_0020101_01_00

Interior Arrangements - Cross-section


Typical Configuration - Main Deck
FIGURE-2-5-1-991-002-A01

2-5-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-6-0

Cargo Compartments

**ON A/C A380-800


Cargo Compartments
1.

Cargo Compartments

2-6-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-6-1

Location and Dimensions

**ON A/C A380-800


Location and Dimensions - Pax
1.

This section gives the cargo compartments location and dimensions of A380-800 models.

2-6-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

LOWER DECK
BULK CARGO
COMPARTMENT
LOWER DECK
FORWARD AFT CARGO LOWER DECK
COMPARTMENT
REAR AFT CARGO
(TSHAPED
COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT)

1.1 m
(43.3 in)

2.8 m
(110.2 in)

2.8 m
(110.2 in)

8.2 m
(322.8 in)

9.7 m
(381.9 in)

FR44

FR57

FR86 FR90

**ON A/C A380-800

17.4 m
(685.04 in)

LOWER DECK
FORWARD CARGO
COMPARTMENT

FR17

3.1 m
(122.8 in)

L_AC_020601_1_0010101_01_00

Cargo Compartments
Location and Dimensions
FIGURE-2-6-1-991-001-A01

2-6-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-6-2

Loading Combinations

**ON A/C A380-800


Loading Combinations - Pax
1.

This section gives cargo compartments loading combinations.

2-6-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

STANDARD: 20 LD3 OR 7 PALLETS 88 in / 96 in X 125 in


OPTION: 22 LD3 OR 7 PALLETS 88 in / 96 in X 125 in

STANDARD: 16 LD3 OR 6 LD3 3 PALLETS 88 in / 96 in X 125 in


OPTION: 6 PALLETS 88 in / 96 in X 125 in

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_020602_1_0010101_01_00

Cargo Compartments
Loading Combinations
FIGURE-2-6-2-991-001-A01

2-6-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-7-0

Door Clearances

**ON A/C A380-800


Door Clearances
1.

This section provides door clearances and location.

2-7-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EMERGENCY
EXIT DOOR
M3L

DOOR
U1L

DOOR
M1L

DOOR
U2L

DOOR
M2L

DOOR
U3L

DOOR
M4L

DOOR
U3R

DOOR
M5R
BULK
CARGO DOOR

DOOR
U2R

EMERGENCY
EXIT DOOR
M3R

DOOR
M5L

DOOR
U1R

DOOR
M2R

DOOR
M4R

AFT
CARGO DOOR

DOOR
M1R

FWD
CARGO DOOR

L_AC_020700_1_0010101_01_01

Door Clearances
Door Location (Sheet 1)
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-001-A01

2-7-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


53.63 m
(175.95 ft)
49.19 m
(161.38 ft)
44.74 m
(146.78 ft)
40.3 m
(132.22 ft)
32.68 m
(107.22 ft)
20.94 m
(68.7 ft)
16.5 m
(54.13 ft)
6.32 m
(20.73 ft)

11.73 m
(38.48 ft)
48.07 m
(157.71 ft)
51.09 m
(167.62 ft)
L_AC_020700_1_0020101_01_01

Door Clearances
Door Location (Sheet 2)
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-002-A01

2-7-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


MAIN DECK DOOR
M1L, M1R

2.13 m
(6.99 ft)

1.90 m
(6.23 ft)

0.05 m
(0.16 ft)
SEE
CHAPTER
23
FWD

1.26 m
(4.13 ft)
0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

1.07 m
(3.51 ft)

0.86 m
01
(2.82 ft)

2.51 m
(8.23 ft)
FWD

0.72 m
01
(2.36 ft)

NOTE:
01 MEASURED FROM THE EXTERNAL POINT OF
THE SCUFF PLATE AND THE MOST
EXTERNAL POINT OF THE DOOR SKIN.

L_AC_020700_1_0050101_01_00

Door Clearances
Forward Passenger Doors
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-005-A01

2-7-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


UPPER DECK DOOR
U1L, U2L, U3L, U1R, U2R, U3R
MAIN DECK DOOR
M2L, M3L, M4L, M2R, M3R, M4R

2.11 m
(6.92 ft)

1.92 m
(6.30 ft)

1.90 m
(6.23 ft)

0.08 m
(0.26 ft)

FWD

2.13 m
(6.99 ft)

SEE
CHAPTER
23

0.05 m
(0.16 ft)

SEE
CHAPTER
23
0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

0.52 m
(1.71 ft) 01

0.72 m
01
(2.36 ft)

0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

FWD

1.07 m
(3.51 ft)

1.07 m
(3.51 ft)
2.51 m
(8.23 ft)

0.04 m
(0.13 ft)
1.26 m
(4.13 ft)

0.89 m
(2.92 ft) 01
ON M3L/M3R
0.70 m
(2.30 ft) 02

1.02 m
(3.35 ft) 01
ON M3L/M3R
0.84 m
(2.76 ft) 02

0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

2.51 m
(8.23 ft)
NOTE:
01 MEASURED FROM THE EXTERNAL POINT OF THE SCUFF PLATE
AND THE MOST EXTERNAL POINT OF THE DOOR SKIN.
02

ON DOOR M3L/M3R MEASURED FROM THE EXTERNAL POINT


OF THE CUTOUT IN THE BELLY FAIRING AND THE MOST
EXTERNAL POINT OF THE BELLY FAIRING FROM THE DOOR.

L_AC_020700_1_0060101_01_00

Door Clearances
Main and Upper Deck Passenger Doors
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-006-A01

2-7-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


MAIN DECK DOOR
M5L, M5R

1.90 m
(6.23 ft)

0.05 m
(0.16 ft)

2.13 m
(6.99 ft)

SEE
CHAPTER
23

FWD

0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

1.26 m
(4.13 ft)
0.04 m
(0.13 ft)

0.96 m
(3.15 ft) 01

1.07 m
(3.51 ft)

1.09 m
(3.58 ft) 01

2.51 m
(8.23 ft)
FWD

NOTE:
01 MEASURED FROM THE EXTERNAL POINT OF THE SCUFF PLATE
AND THE MOST EXTERNAL POINT OF THE DOOR SKIN.

L_AC_020700_1_0070101_01_00

Door Clearances
Aft Passenger Doors
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-007-A01

2-7-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
FWD

3.11 m
(10.20 ft)

1.75 m
(5.74 ft)

SEE
CHAPTER
23

2.12 m
(6.96 ft)

R 2.99 m
(9.81 ft)

2.09 m
(6.86 ft)
GROUND LINE

6.34 m
(20.80 ft)

A A

L_AC_020700_1_0080101_01_00

Door Clearances
Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-008-A01

2-7-0

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
B

SEE
CHAPTER
23

B
1.13 m
(3.71 ft)

A
2.79 m
(9.15 ft)

SEE
CHAPTER
23

FWD

6.42 m
(21.06 ft)

2.09 m
(6.86 ft)

1.75 m
(5.74 ft)

R 3.07 m (10.07 ft) AT FR81A


2.01 m R 2.95 m (9..68ft) AT FR85
(6.59 ft)

R 1.40 m
(4.59 ft)

GROUND LINE
0.99 m
(3.25 ft)

B B

A A

L_AC_020700_1_0090101_01_00

Door Clearances
Aft Cargo Compartment Doors
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-009-A01

2-7-0

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AIRCRAFT C/L

1.36 m
(4.46 ft)

R 1.89 m
(6.20 ft)

FORWARD NOSE
LANDING GEAR
DOOR

62

2.50 m
(8.20 ft)
0.94 m
(3.08 ft)
GROUND LINE

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
L_AC_020700_1_0100101_01_00

Door Clearances
Forward Nose Landing Gear Doors (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-010-A01

2-7-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

0.75 m
(2.46 ft)

AIRCRAFT C/L

R 1.89 m
(6.20 ft)

0.50 m
(1.64 ft)
69.2

AFT NOSE LANDING


GEAR DOOR

B
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

L_AC_020700_1_0100102_01_00

Door Clearances
Aft Nose Landing Gear Doors (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-010-A01

2-7-0

Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

3.95 m
(12.96 ft)

30.91 m
(101.41 ft)
4.28 m
(14.04 ft)

AIRCRAFT

1.71 m
(5.61 ft)

R 2.30 m
(7.55 ft)
MAX 79

WINGLANDINGGEAR
MAIN DOOR
MAX. 0.25 m (0.82 ft)
01
MIN. 0.10 m (0.33 ft)

GROUND LINE

3.23 m
(10.60 ft)

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
NOTE:
01 DEPENDING ON CG POSITION AND AIRCRAFT WEIGHT.

L_AC_020700_1_0110101_01_00

Door Clearances
Wing Landing Gears - Main Doors
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-011-A01

2-7-0

Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A B

5.17 m
(16.96 ft)

35.67 m
(117.03 ft)

5.02 m
(16.47 ft)

AIRCRAFT

2.25 m
(7.38 ft)

R 2.90 m
(9.51 ft)
MAX 99

BODYLANDINGGEAR
OUTER DOOR

4.72 m
(15.49 ft)
MAX. 0.35 m (1.15 ft)
01
MIN. 0.25 m (0.82 ft)

GROUND LINE

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
NOTE:
01 DEPENDING ON CG POSITION AND AIRCRAFT WEIGHT.

L_AC_020700_1_0120101_01_00

Door Clearances
Body Landing Gears - Outer Doors (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-012-A01

2-7-0

Page 12
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

2.25 m
(7.38 ft)

BODYLANDINGGEAR
INNER DOOR

AIRCRAFT

R 1.32 m
(4.33 ft)

MAX 94

1.18 m
(3.87 ft)

MAX. 0.95 m (3.12 ft)


MIN. 0.70 m (2.30 ft) 01

1.23 m
(4.04 ft)

GROUND LINE

B
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

NOTE:
01 DEPENDING ON CG POSITION AND AIRCRAFT WEIGHT.

L_AC_020700_1_0120102_01_00

Door Clearances
Body Landing Gears - Inner Doors (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-012-A01

2-7-0

Page 13
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FR112

FR117

APU DOOR
FUSELAGE DATUM LINE

01 MAX. 5.52 m (18.11 ft)


MIN. 5.49 m (18.01 ft)

MAX. 6.66 m (21.85 ft)


01
MIN. 6.63 m (21.75 ft)

GROUND LINE

NOTE:
01 DEPENDING ON CG POSITION AND AIRCRAFT WEIGHT.

L_AC_020700_1_0130101_01_00

Door Clearances
APU Doors
FIGURE-2-7-0-991-013-A01

2-7-0

Page 14
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-8-0

Escape Slides

**ON A/C A380-800


Escape Slides
1.

General
This section provides the location of cabin escape facilities and related clearances.

2.

Location
A.

Escape facilities are provided at the following locations:


(1) Upper deck evacuation:
- One slide-raft at each passenger/crew door (total six).
(2) Main deck evacuation:
- One slide-raft at each passenger/crew door (total eight)
- One slide for each emergency exit door (total two). The slides are housed in the belly
fairing for off-the-wing evacuation.

2-8-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

MAIN DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT
UPPER DECK DUALLANE
SLIDE/RAFT
MAIN DECK DUALLANE
SLIDE/RAFT

UPPER DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT
OFFWING DUALLANE
SLIDE/RAFT

COCKPIT ESCAPE
ROPE

UPPER DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT

MAIN DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT

NOTE:
LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL

L_AC_020800_1_0010101_01_01

Escape Slides
Location
FIGURE-2-8-0-991-001-A01

2-8-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

NOTE:
LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL

42

39

36

33

30

27

24

21

18

15

12

EMERGENCY DESCENT DEVICE


THROUGH WINDOW OPENING

GRID EQUALS 1 m (3.28 ft) IN REALITY

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_020800_1_0020101_01_01

Escape Slides
Dimensions
FIGURE-2-8-0-991-002-A01

2-8-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-9-0

Landing Gear

**ON A/C A380-800


Landing Gear
1.

General
The aircraft has:
- Two Wing Landing Gears (WLG) with four wheel bogie assembly and related doors
- Two Body Landing Gears (BLG) with six wheel bogie assembly and related doors
- A Nose Landing Gear (NLG) with twin wheel assembly and related doors.
The Wing Landing Gears are located under the wing and retract sideways towards the fuselage
centerline.
The Body Landing Gears are located on the belly and retract rearward into a bay in the fuselage.
The Nose Landing Gear retracts forward into a fuselage compartment below the cockpit.
The landing gear and landing gear doors operation are controlled electrically and are hydraulically and
mechanically operated.
In abnormal operation, the landing gear can be extended by gravity.
For landing gear footprint and tire size, refer to 07-02-00.

2.

Wing Landing Gear


Each wing landing gear has a leg assembly and a four-wheel bogie beam. The WLG leg includes a
Bogie Trim Actuator (BTA) and an oleo-pneumatic shock absorber.
A two-piece side-stay assembly holds the WLG in the extended position. A lock-stay keeps the sidestay assembly stable in the locked down position.

3.

Body Landing Gear


The two body landing gears have a six-wheel bogie beam and a leg assembly that includes an oleopneumatic shock absorber. A two-piece drag-stay assembly mechanically locks the leg in the extended
position.

4.

Nose Landing Gear


The nose landing gear includes a single-stage direct acting oleo-pneumatic shock absorber. A twopiece drag-stay assembly with a lock-stay, mechanically locks the leg in the extended position.

5.

Steering
The wheel steering control system has two parts:
- Nose wheel Steering (NWS)
- Body Wheel Steering (BWS)
Steering is controlled by two hand wheels in the cockpit. For steering angle controlled by the hand
wheels, refer to AMM 32-51-00 (NWS) and refer to AMM 32-54-00 (BWS).
For steering angle limitation, refer to AMM 09-10-00.

2-9-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

A steering disconnection box installed on the nose landing gear to allow steering deactivation for
towing purpose.
6.

7.

Landing Gear Servicing Points


A.

General
Filling of the landing gear shock absorbers is through MS28889 standard valves.
Charging of the landing gear shock absorbers is accomplished with nitrogen through MS28889
standard valves.

B.

Charging Pressure
For charging of the landing gear shock absorbers, refer to AMM 32-00-00.

Braking
A.

General
Carbon brakes are installed on each wheel of the WLG and on the wheels of the front and
center axles of the BLG.
The braking system is electrically controlled and hydraulically operated.
The braking system has four braking modes plus autobrake and anti-skid systems:
- Normal braking with anti-skid capability
- Alternative braking with anti-skid capability
- Emergency Braking (with Ultimate Braking)
- Emergency braking without anti-skid protection is also available as an alternative function of
the alternate braking system.
- A park brake system that is manually set is available for the BLG only. This system can also
be used to supply emergency braking.

B.

In-Flight Wheel Braking


Braking occurs automatically during the retraction of the landing gear. This stops the rotation
of the BLG and WLG wheels (except the wheels on the aft axle of each BLG) before the landing
gears go into their related bays.

8.

Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)


The TPIS automatically monitors the tire pressures and shows these values on Test Equipment
(BITE) and also supplies other data and warnings on the WHEEL page of the System Display (SD).
The TPIS includes Built In Test Equipment.

9.

Built In Test Equipment (BITE)


The BITE has these functions, it:
- Continuously monitors its systems for failures
- Sends failure data (maintenance and warnings) to other systems in the aircraft
- Keeps a record of the failures
- Automatically does specified tests of the system, or part of the system, at specified times
- Lets specified tests to be done during the maintenance procedures.
The BITE for the following systems is described in these chapters:
- The Brakes and Steering

2-9-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

The TPIS
The Landing Gear.

2-9-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


HINGED DOOR
FAIRING DOOR

AUXILIARY
DOOR

MAIN DOOR
(HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED)

E
WLG LEG
ASSEMBLY

SHOCK
ABSORBER

TORQUE
LINKS
AFT
AXLE

SLAVE
LINKS
BOGIE TRIM
ACTUATOR

BRAKE ROD
ASSEMBLY

BOGIE BEAM
ASSEMBLY

FWD
AXLE

TIRE INFLATION ADAPTER


(EXAMPLE)

L_AC_020900_1_0050101_01_00

Wing Landing Gear


General (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-005-A01

2-9-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


WLG DOOR
ACTUATOR
QUICK RELEASE PIN

WARNING FLAG

SAFETY COLLAR

C
LOCK LINK

DOWNLOCK
SPRINGS
UNLOCK
ACTUATOR

GROUND LOCK PIN

SIDE STAY
ASSEMBLY

D
L_AC_020900_1_0050102_01_00

Wing Landing Gear


Safety Devices (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-005-A01

2-9-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


GROUND POINT

CHARGE VALVE
(NITROGEN)

CHECK/FILL
VALVE (OIL)

SEAL CHANGEOVER
VALVE (COV)

G
L_AC_020900_1_0050103_01_00

Wing Landing Gear


Servicing (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-005-A01

2-9-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


CENTER DOOR
ACTUATOR

DRAG BRACE ASSEMBLY

OUTER DOOR ACTUATOR


BLG LEG
ASSEMBLY

CENTER DOOR
OUTER DOOR

INNER DOOR

PINTLE
FRAME

BOGIE TRIM
ACTUATOR
STEERING
ACTUATOR

OUTER
CYLINDER

H
SLAVE
LINKS

SHOCK
ABSORBER
TORQUE
LINKS

BOGIE/AXLE
ASSEMBLY

BRAKE ROD
TIRE INFLATION
ADAPTOR
(EXAMPLE)

L_AC_020900_1_0060101_01_00

Body Landing Gear


General (Sheet 1 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-006-A01

2-9-0

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


INNER DOOR
ACTUATOR

SAFETY COLLAR

QUICK
RELEASE
PIN

WARNING
FLAG

C
L_AC_020900_1_0060102_01_00

Body Landing Gear


Door Safety Devices (Sheet 2 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-006-A01

2-9-0

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

BLG OUTER
DOOR ACTUATOR

SAFETY COLLAR

QUICK
RELEASE
PIN
QUICK
RELEASE
PIN
WARNING
FLAG
CENTER DOOR
FITTING

QUICK
RELEASE
PIN

LOCKING
PIN

ATTACHMENT PIN
LOCKING
PIN

SAFETY STRUT

SOLID
PIN

ATTACHMENT PIN

E
L_AC_020900_1_0060103_01_00

Body Landing Gear


Door Safety Devices (Sheet 3 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-006-A01

2-9-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


DRAIN
VALVE
CHARGING VALVE
(NITROGEN)

GROUNDING
POINTS

TYPICAL

LOCK LINKS

SEAL CHANGEOVER
VALVE (COV)

LOCK SPRINGS

GROUND LOCK PIN

L_AC_020900_1_0060104_01_00

Body Landing Gear


Servicing and Safety Device (Sheet 4 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-006-A01

2-9-0

Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


FORWARD
DOOR

DRAG STAY ASSEMBLY


DOOR
ACTUATOR

RETRACTION
ACTUATOR

REAR
DOOR
STEERING
MECHANISM

NWS
ACTUATOR

C
STEERING
DISCONNECT
PANEL

TOWING
ADAPTER

MAIN FITTING
MAINTENANCE
SERVICE PANEL

H
J

TORQUE
LINKS

SHOCK
ABSORBER
AXLE

TIRE INFLATION
ADAPTER

JACKING
POINT

A
L_AC_020900_1_0070101_01_00

Nose Landing Gear


General (Sheet 1 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-007-A01

2-9-0

Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

D
NLG DOOR
ACTUATOR
LOCK STAY

UNLOCK
ACTUATOR

GROUND LOCK PIN

WARNING FLAG

SAFETY COLLAR

QUICK
RELEASE PIN

D
L_AC_020900_1_0070102_01_00

Nose Landing Gear


Safety Devices (Sheet 2 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-007-A01

2-9-0

Page 12
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

GROUND TOWING SWITCH


SAFETY PIN

F
24GC
STEERING DISCONNECT PANEL

L_AC_020900_1_0070103_01_00

Nose Landing Gear


Steering Disconnect Panel (Sheet 3 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-007-A01

2-9-0

Page 13
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

K
GROUND
POINT

SEAL CHANGEOVER
VALVE (COV)

DRAIN VALVE

CHARGE VALVE
(NITROGEN)

L_AC_020900_1_0070104_01_00

Nose Landing Gear


Servicing (Sheet 4 of 4)
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-007-A01

2-9-0

Page 14
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


Landing Gear Maintenance Pits
1.

General
The maintenance pit envelopes for the landing gear shock absorber maintenance are shown in Figures
1 - 4.
The three envelopes show the minimum dimensions for these maintenance operations:
- Extension and retraction
- Gear removal
- Piston removal.
All dimensions shown are minimum dimensions with zero clearances. The dimensions for the pits have
been determined as follows:
- The length and width of the pits allow the gear to rotate as the weight is taken off the landing
gear
- The landing gear is in the maximum grown condition
- The WLG and BLG bogie beams are removed before the piston is removed
- The NLG wheels are removed before the piston is removed
- All pistons are removed vertically.
Dimensions for elevators and associated mechanisms must be added to those in Figures 1 - 3.
A.

Elevators
These can be either mechanical or hydraulic. They are used to:
(1) Permit easy movement of persons and equipment around the landing gears.
(2) To lift and remove landing gear assemblies out of the pits.

B.

Jacking
The aircraft must be in position over the pits to put the gear on the elevators. Jacks must be
installed and engaged with all the jacking points, Ref. Section 2-14 for aircraft maintenance
jacking. Jacks must support the total aircraft weight, i.e. when the landing gears do not touch
the elevators on retraction/extension tests.
When tripod support jacks are used the tripod-base circle radius must be limited because the
locations required for positioning the columns are close to the sides of the pits.

2-9-0

Page 15
Dec 01/14

1 663
(65.5)

2-9-0
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL

WING JACKING POINT

4 506
(177.4)

AIRCRAFT CENTER LINE


33 659
(1 325.2)

FWD JACKING POINT

NLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION PIT OUTLINE

DIMENSIONS IN mm
(INCHES IN BRACKETS)
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS, ZERO CLEARANCES SHOWN

5 625.5
(221.5)

2 598
(102.3)

763
(30)

1 526
(60.1)

WLG PISTON REMOVAL PIT OUTLINE

WLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION
PIT OUTLINE

WLG REMOVAL PIT OUTLINE

BLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION
PIT OUTLINE

BLG PISTON REMOVAL PIT OUTLINE

BLG REMOVAL PIT OUTLINE

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FRONT OF NOSE RADOME

L_AC_020900_1_0010101_01_00

Landing Gear Maintenance Pits


Maintenance Pit Envelopes
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-001-A01

Page 16
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

DIMENSIONS IN mm
(INCHES IN BRACKETS)
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS, ZERO CLEARANCES SHOWN

576
(22.7)

NLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION

709
(27.9)

NLG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

1 725
(67.9)

NLG PISTON REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


802
(31.6)

WLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION

1 243
(48.9) 1 989
(78.3)

WLG PISTON REMOVAL/INSTALLATION


WLG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

BLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION
BLG PISTON REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

804
(31.7) 1 127
(44.4)

1 977
(77.8)

BLG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

L_AC_020900_1_0020101_01_00

Landing Gear Maintenance Pits


Necessary Depths
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-002-A01

2-9-0

Page 17
Dec 01/14

3 560
(140.2)

2-9-0

1 067
(42)
513
(20.2)

2 585
(101.8)

7 134
(280.9)

3 158
(124.3)
3 711
(146.1)

WLG PISTON REMOVAL


PIT OUTLINE

2 791
(109.9)

DIMENSIONS IN mm
(INCHES IN BRACKETS)
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS, ZERO CLEARANCES SHOWN

WLG REMOVAL
PIT OUTLINE

6 228
(245.2)

WLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION
PIT OUTLINE

972
(38.3)

AIRCRAFT CENTER LINE

952
(37.5)

1 929
(75.9)

2 368
(93.2)

4 126
(162.4)

1 490
(58.7)

BLG REMOVAL PIT OUTLINE

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_020900_1_0030101_01_00

Landing Gear Maintenance Pits


Maintenance Pit Envelopes - WLG Pit Dimensions
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-003-A01

Page 18
Dec 01/14

2-9-0

1 168
(46)

3 188
(125.5)

BLG REMOVAL
PIT OUTLINE

DIMENSIONS IN mm
(INCHES IN BRACKETS)
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS, ZERO CLEARANCES SHOWN

BLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION
PIT OUTLINE

2 632
(103.6)

7 134
(280.9)
4 856
(191.2)

AIRCRAFT CENTER LINE

133
(5.2)

2 105
(82.9)

1 490
(58.7)

WLG EXTENSION/RETRACTION PIT OUTLINE

WLG REMOVAL PIT OUTLINE

BLG PISTON REMOVAL


PIT OUTLINE

1 680
(66.1)

1 052
(41.4)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_020900_1_0040101_01_00

Landing Gear Maintenance Pits


Maintenance Pit Envelopes - BLG Pit Dimensions
FIGURE-2-9-0-991-004-A01

Page 19
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-10-0

Exterior Lighting

**ON A/C A380-800


Exterior Lighting
1.

General
This section gives the location of the aircraft exterior lighting.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

DESCRIPTION
RIGHT NAVIGATION LIGHT (GREEN)
LEFT NAVIGATION LIGHT (RED)
TAIL NAVIGATION LIGHT (WHITE)
OBSTRUCTION LIGHT
UPPER ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS/BEACONS
(RED)
LOWER ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT/BEACON
(RED)
LOGO LIGHTS
ENGINE SCAN LIGHTS
WING SCAN LIGHTS
WING STROBE LIGHT (HIGH INTENSITY,
WHITE)
TAIL STROBE LIGHT (HIGH INTENSITY,
WHITE)
TAXI CAMERA LIGHTS (NLG)
TAXI CAMERA LIGHTS (MLG)
LANDING LIGHTS
RUNWAY TURN-OFF LIGHTS
TAXI LIGHTS
TAKE-OFF LIGHTS
CARGO COMPARTMENT FLOOD LIGHTS
LANDING GEAR BAY/WELL LIGHTS (DOME)

2-10-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

10

1 RH
8

2 LH

11
3

13

6
12
L_AC_021000_1_0070101_01_00

Exterior Lighting
FIGURE-2-10-0-991-007-A01

2-10-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

16

14
17

15

L_AC_021000_1_0080101_01_00

Exterior Lighting
FIGURE-2-10-0-991-008-A01

2-10-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

15

15

17

L_AC_021000_1_0090101_01_00

Exterior Lighting
FIGURE-2-10-0-991-009-A01

2-10-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


11

10

10

16

16

14

14

L_AC_021000_1_0100101_01_00

Exterior Lighting
FIGURE-2-10-0-991-010-A01

2-10-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

18

19

18

19

EXAMPLE FOR LIGHT N 18


CEILING LIGHT
SPOT LIGHT

GROUND
L_AC_021000_1_0110101_01_00

Exterior Lighting
FIGURE-2-10-0-991-011-A01

2-10-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-11-0

Antennas and Probes Location

**ON A/C A380-800


Antennas and Probes Location
1.

This section gives the location of antennas and probes.

2-11-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


WEATHER RADAR
SSA(1)
GPS(2)
GPS(1)

TCAS TOP(1)
TCAS TOP(2)
VHF(1)
SATCOM(1)

ISP(11)

HF
VHF(3)

ELT

MFP(1)

ISP(21)
ISP(31)

RADIO ALTIMETRE(1)

MARKER
VHF(2)

RADIO ALTIMETRE(2)
RADIO ALTIMETRE(3)

ICE DETECTOR PROBE LH


GLIDE TRACK
STBY PITOT
STBY STATIC PROBE(1)
GLIDE CAPTURE
LOC
VOR

SSA(2/3)
ADF(2)

STBY STATIC PROBE(2)

ADF(1)

ISP(12)
ISP(22)

MFP(2)

DME(2) BOTTOM

MFP(3)

TCAS BOTTOM(1)
DME(1) BOTTOM
ISP(32)
TCAS BOTTOM(2)
ICE DETECTOR PROBE RH
L_AC_021100_1_0010101_01_00

Antennas and Probes


Location
FIGURE-2-11-0-991-001-A01

2-11-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-12-0

Power Plant

**ON A/C A380-800


Auxiliary Power Unit
1.

General
- The APU is installed in the tail cone, at the rear part of the fuselage (Section 19.1), inside a
fireproof compartment (between frames 112 and 117).
- The Air Intake System is located on top of the APU and crosses the space between the APU
plenum chamber and the aircraft outside (upper right side position). The Air Intake Housing is
located between frames 111 and 113 and the Air Intake Duct is located in the space between
frames 113 and 115.
- The Exhaust Muffler is located at the end of the tail cone, aligned with the APU and crosses
three different zones, from frame 116 to the rear fairing.
- The Electronic Control Box (ECB) is installed in an electronic cooled rack, closed to frame 95,
within the pressurized fuselage.

2.

Controls and Indication


Primary APU controls and indications are installed in the cockpit, mainly in the overhead panel,
center pedestal panel and forward center panel. Additionally, two external emergency shutoff controls
are installed on the Nose Landing Gear panel and on the Refuel/Defuel panel.

2-12-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z310

A B

STA75622 / FR117

313AZ

STA72922 / FR112
STA72320 / FR110

317AB

315BL

315AR
315AL

313AB

A
NOTE: THE DISTANCE FROM FR94, FR98, FR100 BOTTOM
CENTERLINE TO FUSELAGE DATUM (FD) AS FOLLOWS:
FR112 TO FD = 974.9 mm (38.38 in)
FR117 TO FD = 1 772.4 mm (69.78 in)
FR120 TO FD = 2 239.8 mm (88.18 in).

L_AC_021200_1_0010101_01_00

Auxiliary Power Unit


Access Doors
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-001-A01

2-12-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

COOLING AIR DUCT

AIR INTAKE
DUCT ASSEMBLY

EXHAUST
MUFFLER
FIREWALL

STA75622 / FR117

BLEED
LINE

FIRE EXTINGUISHER
BOTTLE

STA72922 / FR112
FIREWALL

STA72320 / FR110

B
L_AC_021200_1_0020101_01_00

Auxiliary Power Unit


General Layout
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-002-A01

2-12-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine and Nacelle
1.

Engine and Nacelle - GP 7200 Engine


A.

Engine
The engine is a high by-pass ratio, two-rotor, axial flow turbofan engine with a high
compression ratio. The Engine has Four Major Sections as Follows:
- compressor section
- combustion section
- turbine section
- accessory drive section.
The compressor section supplies High Pressure (HP) compressed air to the diffuser/burner for
core engine thrust, aircraft service bleed systems, and by-pass air for thrust. A five-stage Low
Pressure (LP) compressor rotor assembly is located to the rear of the fan rotor. An acoustic
splitter fairing directs the primary airstream into the nine-stage HP compressor rotor assembly.
The HP compressor has three stages of variable Inlet Guide Vanes (IGVs) and external bleeds
from stages four, seven, and nine, with an internal bleed from stage six.
The combustion section receives compressed heated air from the HP compressor and fuel from
the fuel nozzles. The mixture of hot air and fuel is ignited and burned in the single-annular
combustion chamber to generate a HP stream of hot gas to turn the HP turbine and LP
turbine.
The turbine section consists of HP turbine and LP turbine. The two-stage HP turbine rotor
assembly receives the hot gas from the diffuser/burner. The HP turbine supplies the power to
turn the HP compressor. The six-stage LP turbine has an active clearance control system for
more efficient engine operation. The LP turbine provides the power to turn the LP compressor
and fan rotor. The Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) assembly supplies the structural support for the
rear of the engine. The TEC straightens the exhaust gas flow as it exits the engine.
The accessory drive section consists of Main Gearbox (MGB) and Angle Gearbox (AGB). The
MGB supplies the power to turn the attached engine and aircraft accessories. The AGB
transmits the power from the engine rotor to the MGB. During engine start, the AGB transmits
the power from the MGB to turn the engine rotor.
The LP rotor system is independent of the HP rotor system. The LP rotor system consists of
the LP compressor and the LP turbine. The HP rotor system consists of the HP compressor and
the HP turbine.

B.

Nacelle
The Nacelle gives an aerodynamic shape to the engine and supports the thrust reverser system.
Each engine is housed in a nacelle suspended from a pylon attached below the wing.
The nacelle consists of the following major components:
(1) Air Intake Cowl Assembly
The air intake cowl is an interchangeable aerodynamic cowl installed on the forward face
of the engine fan case with bolts. It is designed to provide contour for airflow entering the
engine and attenuates the fan noise.

2-12-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

(2) Fan Cowl Assembly


The fan-cowl doors are an assembly of aerodynamic cowls attached to the aircraft pylon
structure through its hinges. It is installed between the air intake cowl and the fan exhaust
cowl/thrust reverser, around the engine fan case. It is composed of two semicircular
panels, the left and the right fan cowl door.
(3) Thrust Reverser
The thrust reverser assembly is installed at the aft part of the nacelle. The thrust reverser
cowls are installed on the aircraft inboard engines. It is attached to the wing pylon by
hinges. The thrust reverser assembly is a standard fixed cascade, translating cowl and
blocker door type thrust reverser. It is only installed on the aircraft inboard position
nacelles. It is made of two halves that make a duct around the engine. Each half consists
of a fixed structure, which gives support for the cascades and actuation system and a
translating cowl.
The thrust reverser assembly encloses the engine core with an aerodynamic flow path and
uses the outer translating cowl to give a fan exhaust duct and nozzle exit.
In stow mode, the thrust reverser is an aerodynamic structure that adds to the engine
thrust generation.
In reverse mode, it is used to turn and direct the fan exhaust air in the forward direction
using blocker door through the cascades. The thrust reverser increases the aircraft braking
function in order to reduce the landing or aborted take-off distance, especially on a
contaminated runway.
(4) Fan Exhaust Cowl Assembly
The fan exhaust cowls is a component of the aircraft propulsion system nacelle. It is
installed at the aft part of the nacelle. The fan exhaust cowls are installed on the aircraft
outboard engines.
The fan exhaust cowls are attached to the wing pylon by hinges. The two halves of the fan
exhaust cowl close the engine core with an aerodynamic flow path.
The fan exhaust structure has two half-cowls hinged at the top to the wing pylon and
latched together at the bottom centerline. Its forward end is secured on the aft of the fan
case and aft of the intermediate engine case.
(5) Exhaust System
The primary air flow is the part of the air absorbed by the engine that enters into the
engine combustor and that is exhausted to atmosphere through the turbine exhaust
system.
The turbine exhaust flow path is formed by the inner wall of the exhaust nozzle and the
outer wall of the exhaust plug.
The secondary air flow is the part of the air absorbed by the fan that bypasses the core
engine and flows through the thrust reverser and fan exhaust cowl directly to the
atmosphere.

2-12-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2.

Engine and Nacelle -TRENT 900 Engine


A.

Engine
The RB211-TRENT 900 engine is a high by-pass ratio, triple spool turbo-fan.
The principal modules of the engine are:
- Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) rotor
- Intermediate Pressure (IP) compressor
- Intermediate case
- HP system (this includes the High Pressure Compressor (HPC), the combustion system and
the High Pressure Turbine (HPT))
- IP turbine
- external gearbox
- LPC case
- Low Pressure Turbine (LPT)
The Intermediate Pressure (IP) and Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)/Low Pressure Turbine
(LPT) assemblies turn in a counter clockwise direction and the High Pressure Compressor
(HPC)/ High Pressure Turbine (HPT) assembly turns in a clockwise direction (when seen from
the rear of the engine) during engine operation.
The compressors increase the pressure of the air, which flows through the engine. The necessary
power to turn the compressors is supplied by turbines.
The LP system has a one-stage compressor installed at the front of the engine. A shaft connects
the single-stage LPC to a five-stage axial flow turbine at the rear of the gas generator. The gas
generator also includes an eight-stage IP compressor, a six-stage HPC and a combustion system.
Each of the compressors in the gas generator is connected to, and turned by, a different turbine.
Between the HPC and the HPT is the annular combustion system which burns a mixture of fuel
and air to supply energy as heat. Behind the LPT there is a collector nozzle assembly through
which the hot gas exhaust flows.

B.

Nacelle
A nacelle gives the engine an aerodynamic shape and supports the thrust reverser system. Each
engine is housed in a nacelle suspended from a pylon attached below the wing.
The nacelle consists of the following major components:
(1) Air Intake Cowl Assembly
The air intake cowl is an interchangeable aerodynamic cowl installed at the front of the
engine. It ducts the airflow to the fan and the engine core. The cowl has panels for easy
access to the components. Acoustic materials are used in the manufacture of the cowl to
help decrease the engine noise.
(2) Fan Cowl Assembly
The fan cowl assembly has two semicircular panels, the left fan cowl door and the right
fan cowl door. The installation of the fan cowl doors is around the engine fan case
between the air intake cowl and the thrust reverser cowl.

2-12-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

The fan Cowl Opening System (COS) have two electrical actuators which open or close
the fan cowls. Personnel operate the actuators from the ground only during engine
maintenance operations. The personnel use a switch box located on the air intake cowl.
(3) Thrust Reverser
The thrust reverser assembly is installed at the aft part of the nacelle. The thrust reversers
are installed on the aircraft inboard engines. It is attached to the wing pylon by hinges.
The thrust reverser assembly is a standard fixed cascade, translating cowl and blocker door
type thrust-reverser. It is only installed on the aircraft inboard engine nacelles. It is made
of two halves that make a duct around the engine. Each half has a fixed structure that
holds the cascades, the actuation system and a translating cowl.
The thrust reverser assembly closes the engine core with an aerodynamic flow path and
uses the outer translating cowl to make a fan exhaust duct and nozzle exit.
In stow mode, the thrust reverser is an aerodynamic structure that makes the engine
thrust.
In reverse mode, it changes the direction of the fan exhaust air in the forward direction by
use of the blocker doors through the cascades. The thrust reverser increases the aircraft
braking and speed braking function in order to decrease the landing or aborted take-off
distance, especially on a dirty runway.
(4) Fan Exhaust Cowl Assembly
The fan exhaust cowl is a component of the aircraft engine nacelle. It is installed at the aft
part of the nacelle. The fan exhaust structures are installed on the aircraft outboard
engines. They are attached to the wing pylon by hinges. The left and right fan exhaust
structures closed the engine core with an aerodynamic flow path. The structure gives a fire
protection and a support for the aerodynamic, inertial and engine loads.
The fan exhaust structure has left and right cowls hinged at the top to the wing pylon and
latched together at the bottom centerline. Its forward end is attached at the aft of the fan
case.
(5) Exhaust System
Primary air is the part of the air absorbed by the fan that enters the engine near the fan
blade platform, continues through the Low Pressure (LP) and High Pressure (HP)
compressors, the combustor, and the HP and LP turbines, and is accelerated and
exhausted to the atmosphere through the turbine exhaust system.
The turbine exhaust flow path is formed by the inner surface of the exhaust nozzle and the
outer surface of the exhaust plug.
Secondary air is the part of the air absorbed by the fan that is directly discharged from the
outer portion of the fan, by-passes the core engine and flows through the fan exhaust to
the atmosphere.

2-12-0

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

4.93 m
(16.17 ft)
4.72 m
(15.49 ft)
2.77 m
(9.09 ft)
HP COMPRESSOR

LP COMPRESSOR

COMBUSTOR
SECTION
LP
TURBINE

TURBINE
EXHAUST
CASE

3.15 m
(10.33 ft)

TURBINE
CENTER FRAME
HP
TURBINE

1.93 m
(6.33 ft)
MAIN
GEARBOX

ANGLE
GEARBOX

ACCESSORY
DRIVE SECTION
L_AC_021200_1_0030101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Engine Dimensions - GP 7200 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-003-A01

2-12-0

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

1.5 m
(4.92 ft)
NOSE
COWL

FAN COWL
THRUST REVERSER
PRIMARY NOZZLE
PLUG

1.17 m
(3.84 ft)

2.18 m
(7.15 ft)

2.52 m
(8.27 ft)

2.11 m
(6.92 ft)

3.8 m
(12.47 ft)

3.9 m
(12.8 ft)
1.31 m
(4.3 ft)

2.33 m
(7.64 ft)

INBOARD POSITION

OUTBOARD POSITION
L_AC_021200_1_0040101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Nacelle Dimensions - GP 7200 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-004-A01

2-12-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
A
1

B
45

1: FAN COWL

OPEN
POSITION
45

A
B

A
ALL ENGINES
6.8 m
(22.31 ft)

ENGINE 14
MIN.
2.64 m
(8.66 ft)

MAX.
3.14 m
(10.3 ft)

C
ENGINE 23
MIN.
1.86 m
(6.1 ft)

MAX.
2.16 m
(7.09 ft)

NOTE: B AND C DEPENDING ON AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION.

SEE AC SECTION
230

L_AC_021200_1_0050101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Fan Cowls - GP 7200 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-005-A01

2-12-0

Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
A

A
1

35

45

1 : THRUST REVERSER

A
OPEN
POSITION

35
45

5.8 m
(19.03 ft)

MIN.
1.52 m
(4.99 ft)

MAX.
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)

6.32 m
(20.73 ft)

1.86 m
(6.1 ft)

2.16 m
(7.09 ft)

SEE AC SECTION
230

NOTE: B AND C DEPENDING ON AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION.


L_AC_021200_1_0060101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Thrust Reverser Cowls - GP 7200 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-006-A01

2-12-0

Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
A

35

45

1: FAN EXHAUST COWL

A
OPEN
POSITION

35
45

5.8 m
(19.03 ft)

MIN.
2.3 m
(7.55 ft)

MAX.
2.8 m
(9.19 ft)

6.32 m
(20.73 ft)

2.64 m
(8.66 ft)

3.14 m
(10.3 ft)

C
SEE AC SECTION
230

NOTE: B AND C DEPENDING ON AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION.


L_AC_021200_1_0070101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Fan Exhaust Cowls - GP 7200 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-007-A01

2-12-0

Page 12
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
0.79 m
(2.59 ft)

5.14 m
(16.86 ft)
1.88 m
(6.17 ft)

1.5 m
(4.92 ft)

IP COMPRESSOR

LP COMPRESSOR

COMBUSTOR
SECTION
LP TURBINE

TURBINE EXHAUST
NOZZLE

3.11 m
(10.2 ft)
PLUG
1.84 m
(6.04 ft)
IP TURBINE

8.07 m
(26.48 ft)

HP TURBINE
1.66 m
(5.45 ft)

HP COMPRESSOR
ACCESSORY DRIVE SECTION

A
L_AC_021200_1_0080101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Engine Dimensions - TRENT 900 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-008-A01

2-12-0

Page 13
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


NOSE COWL

THRUST REVERSER

FAN COWL

PRIMARY NOZZLE
PLUG

1.3 m
(4.27 ft)
1.63 m
(5.35 ft)

2.18 m
(7.15 ft)

2.39 m
(7.84 ft)

2.19 m
(7.19 ft)

FWD

3.88 m
(12.73 ft)

3.9 m
(12.8 ft)

1.18 m
(3.87 ft)
2.38 m
(7.81 ft)
INBOARD
INSTALLATION

OUTBOARD
INSTALLATION
L_AC_021200_1_0090101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Nacelle Dimensions - TRENT 900 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-009-A01

2-12-0

Page 14
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

50

OPEN POSITIONS:
INITIAL: 40
FULL: 50

40

B
C

1: FAN COWL

OPEN
POSITION
40
50

A
A

ALL ENG.
6.95 m
(22.8 ft)
7.3 m
(23.95 ft)

B
INBOARD ENG.
2m
(6.56 ft)
2.4 m
(7.87 ft)

C
OUTBOARD ENG.
3m
(9.84 ft)
3.4 m
(11.15 ft)

INBOARD ENG.
1.3 m
(4.27 ft)
1.3 m
(4.27 ft)

OUTBOARD ENG.
2.27 m
(7.45 ft)
2.27 m
(7.45 ft)

L_AC_021200_1_0100101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Fan Cowls - TRENT 900 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-010-A01

2-12-0

Page 15
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
A

A
1

35

45

1 : THRUST REVERSER

A
OPEN
POSITION

35
45

5.8 m
(19.03 ft)

MIN.
1.52 m
(4.99 ft)

MAX.
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)

6.32 m
(20.73 ft)

1.86 m
(6.1 ft)

2.16 m
(7.09 ft)

SEE AC SECTION
230

NOTE: B AND C DEPENDING ON AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION.


L_AC_021200_1_0110101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Thrust Reverser Cowls - TRENT 900 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-011-A01

2-12-0

Page 16
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
A

A
1

35

1: FAN EXHAUST COWL

45

OPEN
POSITION

35
45

5.8 m
(19.03 ft)

MIN.
2.3 m
(7.55 ft)

MAX.
2.8 m
(9.19 ft)

6.32 m
(20.73 ft)

2.64 m
(8.66 ft)

3.14 m
(10.3 ft)

C
SEE AC SECTION
230

NOTE: B AND C DEPENDING ON AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION.


L_AC_021200_1_0120101_01_00

Power Plant Handling


Fan Exhaust Cowls - TRENT 900 Engine
FIGURE-2-12-0-991-012-A01

2-12-0

Page 17
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-13-0

Leveling, Symmetry and Alignment

**ON A/C A380-800


Leveling, Symmetry and Alignment
1.

Quick Leveling
There are three alternative procedures to level the aircraft:
- Quick leveling procedure with Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
- Quick leveling procedure with a spirit level in the upper or main deck passenger compartment.
- Quick leveling procedure with a spirit level in the FWD cargo compartment.

2.

Precise Leveling
For precise leveling, it is necessary to install sighting rods in the receptacles located under the
fuselage (points 11 and 16 for longitudinal leveling) and under the wings (points 1L and 1R for lateral
leveling) and use a sighting tube. With the aircraft on jacks, adjust the jacks until the reference
marks on the sighting rods are aligned in the sighting plane (aircraft level).

3.

Symmetry and Alignment Check


Possible deformation of the aircraft is measured by photogrammetry.

2-13-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FR36 FR35
1R

RIB6

11
RIB6
1L

FR88
FR89
16

L_AC_021300_1_0010101_01_00

Location of Leveling Points


FIGURE-2-13-0-991-001-A01

2-13-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

2-14-0

Jacking

**ON A/C A380-800


Jacking for Maintenance
1.

Aircraft Jacking Points for Maintenance


A.

General
(1) The A380-800 can be jacked:
- At not more than 333 700 kg (735 682 lb)
- Within the limits of the permissible wind speed when the aircraft is jacked outside a
closed environment.

B.

Primary Jacking Points


(1) The aircraft is provided with three primary jacking points:
- One located under the forward fuselage
- Two located under the wings (one under each wing).
(2) Three jack adapters (ground equipment) are used as intermediary parts between the
aircraft jacking points and the jacks:
- One male spherical jack adapter at the forward fuselage
- Two female spherical jack pad adapters at the wings (one at each wing).

C.

Auxiliary Jacking Point (Safety Stay)


(1) When the aircraft is on jacks, a safety stay is installed under the AFT fuselage (Ref. Fig.
Jacking Point Location) to prevent tail tipping caused by accidental displacement of the
aircraft center of gravity.
(2) The safety point must not be used for lifting the aircraft.
(3) One male spherical stay adapter (ground equipment) is used as an intermediary part
between the aircraft safety point and the stay.

2.

Jacks and Safety Stay


A.

Jack Design
(1) The maximum eligible loads given in the table (Ref. Fig. Jacking Point Location) are the
maximum loads applicable on jack fittings.
(2) In fully retracted position (jack stroke at minimum), the height of the jacks is such that
the jack may be placed beneath the aircraft under the most adverse conditions, namely,
tires deflated and shock absorbers depressurized, with sufficient clearance between the
aircraft jacking point and the jack upper end.
(3) The jacks stroke enables the aircraft to be jacked up so that the Fuselage Datum Line
(FDL) may be positioned up to 7 200 mm (283.46 in) from the ground to allow all
required maintenance procedures and in particular, the removal/installation of the landinggear shock absorbers.

2-14-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

B.

Safety Stay
(1) The stay stroke enables the aircraft tail to be supported up to the Fuselage Datum Line
(FDL) positioned 7 200 mm (283.46 in) from the ground.

2-14-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

WING JACKING
POINT
A

C
Y

FWD JACKING
POINT

SAFETY
STAY

WING JACKING
POINT

MAXIMUM
LOAD ELIGIBLE

ft

ft

daN

FORWARD FUSELAGE
JACKING POINT
A

7.29

23.92

34 011

WING JACKING
POINT

35.23

115.58

12.22

40.09

157 480

35.23

115.58

12.22

40.09

157 480

SAFETY STAY

59.34

194.68

7 874

NOTE: SAFETY STAY IS NOT USED FOR JACKING.

L_AC_021400_1_0010101_01_00

Jacking for Maintenance


Jacking Points Location
FIGURE-2-14-0-991-001-A01

2-14-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FUSELAGE DATUM LINE

AIRCRAFT ON WHEELS WITH STANDARD TIRES, MAX. JACK


WEIGHT 333 700 kg (735 682 lb)
AIRCRAFT ON WHEELS, SHOCK ABSORBERS DEFLATED AND
TIRES FLAT

2 472 mm
(97.32 in)

5 112 mm
(201.26 in)

4 707 mm
(185.31 in)

2 259 mm
(88.94 in)

4 788 mm
(188.5 in)

4 462 mm
(175.67 in)

AIRCRAFT ON WHEELS, NOSE LANDING GEAR SHOCK


ABSORBERS DEFLATED AND TIRES FLAT

2 296 mm
(90.39 in)

5 117 mm
(201.46 in)

5 044 mm
(198.58 in)

AIRCRAFT ON WHEELS, LEFT WING AND BODY LANDING


GEARS SHOCK ABORBERS DEFLATED AND TIRES FLAT (SAME
DATA FOR RIGHT SIDE CONDITIONS)
AIRCRAFT ON WHEELS, WING AND BODY LANDING GEARS
SHOCK ABSORBERS DEFLATED AND TIRES FLAT

2 474 mm
(97.4 in)

4 523 mm
(178.07 in)

4 257 mm
(167.6 in)

2 391mm
(94.13 in)

4 803 mm
(189.09 in)

4 291 mm
(168.94 in)

3 673 mm
(144.61 in)

6 158 mm
(242.44 in)

5 830 mm
(229.53 in)

4 523 mm
(178.07 in)

7 008 mm
(275.91 in)

6 680 mm
(262.99 in)

4 523 mm
(178.07 in)

N/A

2 910 mm
(114.57 in)

AIRCRAFT ON JACKS, FUSELAGE DATUM LINE


PARALLEL TO GROUND AT 6 350 mm (250 in) FOR LANDING
GEARS EXTENSION/RETRACTION
AIRCRAFT ON JACKS, FUSELAGE DATUM LINE
PARALLEL TO GROUND AT 7 200 mm (283.46 in) FOR LANDING
GEARS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AIRCRAFT JACKED AT FORWARD JACKING POINT,
WING AND BODY LANDING GEARS WHEELS ON THE GROUND,
FOR NOSE LANDING GEAR EXTENSION/RETRACTION TEST

L_AC_021400_1_0020101_01_01

Jacking for Maintenance


Jacking Dimensions
FIGURE-2-14-0-991-002-A01

2-14-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


FR20

Z2676.63

ADAPTORJACK NOSE

B
L_AC_021400_1_0030101_01_00

Jacking for Maintenance


Forward Jacking Point
FIGURE-2-14-0-991-003-A01

2-14-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

RIB16

LOWER SURFACE

RIB16

RIB16

A
EXAMPLE

Z147
OUTER SKIN

JACKING PAD SET WING

L_AC_021400_1_0100101_01_00

Jacking for Maintenance


Wing Jacking Point
FIGURE-2-14-0-991-010-A01

2-14-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FR101

A
FR101

Z519.589

ADAPTSUPP, AFT JACK

A
FWD
L_AC_021400_1_0110101_01_00

Jacking for Maintenance


Auxiliary Jacking Point - Safety Stay
FIGURE-2-14-0-991-011-A01

2-14-0

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


Jacking for Wheel Change
1.

To replace a wheel or wheel brake assembly on any of the landing gears it is necessary to lift the
landing gear with a jack. The landing gear can be lifted by a pillar jack or with a cantilever jack.
NOTE : You can lift the aircraft at Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW).
A.

Nose Landing Gear (NLG)


The nose gear can be lifted with a pillar jack or a cantilever jack. The NLG has a dome shaped
jacking adaptor at the base of the shock absorber strut. The adapter is 31.75 mm (1.25 in) in
diameter.
Important dimensions of the NLG when lifted are shown in Fig. 001.
The reaction loads at the jacking position are shown in Fig. 004.
NOTE : The load at each jacking position is the load required to give a 25.5 mm (1 in)
clearance between the ground and the tire.

B.

Wing Landing Gear (WLG)


An adapter at the front and rear of each bogie is fitted to make sure that the jack is located
correctly. The adapter is 31.75 mm (1.25 in) in diameter. The wheels and brake units can be
replaced on the end of the bogie beam that is lifted.
The FWD and AFT ends of the bogie can be lifted at the same time. When lifting both ends at
the same time the bogie beam must always be kept level to prevent damage.
If a WLG has all four tires deflated or shredded, replace the wheel assemblies in this sequence:
- Replace the wheel assemblies on the AFT axle
- Replace the wheel assemblies on the FWD axle.
Important dimensions of the WLG when lifted are shown in Fig. 002.
The reaction loads at the jacking position are shown in Fig. 005.
NOTE : The load at each jacking position is the load required to give a 25.5 mm (1 in)
clearance between the ground and the tire.

C.

Body Landing Gear (BLG)


An adapter at the front and at the rear of each bogie is fitted to make sure that the jack is
located correctly. The adapter is 31.75 mm (1.25 in) in diameter. Both wheels and brake units
can be replaced on the end of the bogie beam that is lifted.
For a center wheel change only, the FWD and AFT ends of the bogie can be lifted at the same
time. When lifting both ends at the same time the bogie beam must always be kept level to
prevent damage.
If a BLG has all six tires deflated or shredded, replace the wheel assemblies in this sequence:
- Replace the wheel assemblies on the AFT axle
- Replace the wheel assemblies on the center axle
- Replace the wheel assemblies on the FWD axle.

2-14-0

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

Important dimensions of the BLG when lifted are shown in Fig. 003.
The reaction loads at the jacking position are shown in Fig. 006.
NOTE : The load at each jacking position is the load required to give a 25.5 mm (1 in)
clearance between the ground and the tire.

2-14-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD LHS


(LH WHEEL NOT SHOWN)

DATA FOR 1 270 x 455 R22 TIRES


CONFIGURATION

WEIGHT CG%

DIM. A

DIM. B

2 INFLATED TIRES

MRW

43

400 (15.75)

541 (21.3)

1 INFLATED TIRE

MRW

43

353 (13.9)

530 (20.87)

2 DEFLATED TIRES +50%


RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

29

134 (5.28)

519 (20.43)

2 DEFLATED TIRES +50%


RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

136 (5.35)

519 (20.43)

2 DEFLATED TIRES
NO RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

29

164 (6.46)

519 (20.43)

2 DEFLATED TIRES
NO RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

166 (6.54)

519 (20.43)

20 DEFLATED TIRES +50%


RIM DAMAGE

N/A

N/A

137 (5.39)

519 (20.43)

20 DEFLATED TIRES
NO RIM DAMAGE

N/A

N/A

168 (6.61)

519 (20.43)

MAXIMUM JACKING
HEIGHT TO CHANGE
WHEELS

N/A

N/A

506 (19.92)

N/A

NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS (INCHES IN BRACKETS)


MRW = 562 000 kg (1 238 998 lb)
MLW = 386 000 kg (850 984 lb)
L_AC_021400_1_0040101_01_00

Nose Landing Gear Jacking Point Heights


FIGURE-2-14-0-991-004-A01

2-14-0

Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
C
B
DATA FOR 1 400 x 530 R23 TIRES
WEIGHT

CG%

DIM. A
FWD

DIM. A
AFT

DIM. B

DIM. C

ALL 4 TIRES
SERVICEABLE

MRW

43

347 (13.66)

347 (13.66)

750 (29.53)

364 (14.33)

1 FWD TIRE
DEFLATED

MRW

43

264 (10.39)

353 (13.9)

718 (28.27)

364 (14.33)

1 AFT TIRE
DEFLATED

MRW

43

353 (13.9)

264 (10.39)

718 (28.27)

364 (14.33)

2 DEFLATED FWD
TIRES +50% RIM
DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

93 (3.66)

406 (15.98)

686 (27.01)

364 (14.33)

2 DEFLATED AFT
TIRES +50% RIM
DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

406 (15.98)

93 (3.66)

686 (27.01)

364 (14.33)

4 TIRES DEFLATED
+50% RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

93 (3.66)

93 (3.66)

686 (27.01)

364 (14.33)

FWD TIRE CHANGE


MAX. GROWN TIRE

MRW

43

513 (20.2)

331 (13.03)

795 (31.3)

364 (14.33)

AFT TIRE CHANGE


MAX. GROWN TIRE

MRW

43

331 (13.03)

513 (20.2)

795 (31.3)

364 (14.33)

20 FLAT TIRES
+50% RIM DAMAGE

N/A

N/A

83 (3.27)

83 (3.27)

686 (27.01)

364 (14.33)

CONFIGURATION

NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS (INCHES IN BRACKETS)


MRW = 562 000 kg (1 238 998 lb)
MLW = 386 000 kg (850 984 lb)

L_AC_021400_1_0050101_01_00

Wing Landing Gear Jacking Point Heights


FIGURE-2-14-0-991-005-A01

2-14-0

Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
C
B

DATA FOR 1 400 x 530 R23 TIRES


CONFIGURATION

WEIGHT CG%

DIM. A
FWD

DIM. A
AFT

DIM. B

DIM. C
FWD

DIM. C
AFT

ALL 6 TIRES
SERVICEABLE

MRW

43

347 (13.66) 312 (12.28) 930 (36.61)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

1 FWD TIRE
UNSERVICEABLE

MRW

43

295 (11.61) 328 (12.91) 898 (35.35)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

1 CENTER TIRE
UNSERVICEABLE

MRW

43

334 (13.15) 299 (11.77) 898 (35.35)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

1 AFT TIRE
UNSERVICEABLE

MRW

43

363 (14.29) 260 (10.24) 898 (35.35)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

2 FWD TIRES
DEFLATED +50%
RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

505 (19.88) 866 (34.09)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

2 CENTER TIRES
DEFLATED

MLW
PAX

44

358 (14.09) 323 (12.72) 866 (34.09)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

2 AFT TIRES
DEFLATED +50%
RIM DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

540 (21.26)

40 (1.57)

866 (34.09)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

6 TIRES DEFLATED
+50% RIM
DAMAGE

MLW
PAX

44

74 (2.91)

39 (1.54)

866 (34.09)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

FWD TIRE CHANGE


MAX. GROWN TIRE

MRW

43

496 (19.53) 264 (10.39) 975 (38.39)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

CTR TIRE CHANGE


POSITION
MAX. GROWN TIRE

MRW

43

496 (19.53) 461 (18.15) 975 (38.39)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

AFT TIRE CHANGE


MAX. GROWN TIRE

MRW

43

299 (11.77) 461 (18.15) 975 (38.39)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

N/A

N/A

102 (4.02)

460 (18.11)

432 (17.01)

20 DEFLATED
TIRES +50% RIM
DAMAGE

74 (2.91)

67 (2.64)

866 (34.09)

NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS (INCHES IN BRACKETS)


MRW = 562 000 kg (1 238 998 lb)
MLW = 386 000 kg (850 984 lb)

L_AC_021400_1_0060101_01_00

Body Landing Gear Jacking Point Heights


FIGURE-2-14-0-991-006-A01

2-14-0

Page 12
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

60

132

55

122

45

102

92
40
82
35
72
30
62
25

LOAD AT JACKING POINT (x 1 000 lb)

LOAD AT JACKING POINT (x 1 000 kg)

112

CG POSITION
29% MAC
33% MAC
37.5% MAC
41% MAC
43% MAC

50

52
20

42

15

32

10
260

600

300

700

340

380

800

420
460
(x 1 000 kg)
900

1 000

500

540

1 100

1 200

22
580

(x 1 000 lb)
AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT
L_AC_021400_1_0070101_01_00

Nose Landing Gear Jacking Point Loads


FIGURE-2-14-0-991-007-A01

2-14-0

Page 13
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

55

121
116

CG POSITION
29% MAC
33% MAC
37.5% MAC
41% MAC
43% MAC

51

111
106

47

96

43

91
39

86
81

35

76

LOAD AT JACKING POINT (x 1 000 lb)

LOAD AT JACKING POINT (x 1 000 kg)

101

71
31
66
61

27

56
23
260

300

340

380

420

460

500

540

51
580

(x 1 000 kg)
600

700

800

900

1 000

1 100

1 200

(x 1 000 lb)
AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT
L_AC_021400_1_0080101_01_00

Wing Landing Gear Jacking Point Loads


FIGURE-2-14-0-991-008-A01

2-14-0

Page 14
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

82
175
CG POSITION
29% MAC
33% MAC
37.5% MAC
41% MAC
43% MAC

LOAD AT JACKING POINT (x 1 000 kg)

74

165

70

155

66

145

62

135

58
125
54
115
50

LOAD AT JACKING POINT (x 1 000 lb)

78

105
46
95

42

85

38

34
260

600

300

340

700

380

800

420
460
(x 1 000 kg)
900

1 000

500

1 100

540

75
580

1 200

(x 1 000 lb)
AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT
L_AC_021400_1_0090101_01_00

Body Landing Gear Jacking Point Loads


FIGURE-2-14-0-991-009-A01

2-14-0

Page 15
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE
3-1-0

General Information

**ON A/C A380-800


General Information
1.

Standard day temperatures for the altitudes shown are tabulated below :

FEET
0
2000
4000
6000
8000

Standard day temperatures for the altitudes


Altitude
Standard Day Temperature
F
METERS
C
0
59.0
15.0
610
51.9
11.6
44.7
1220
7.1
1830
37.6
3.1
2440
30.5
-0.8

3-1-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

3-2-1

ISA Conditions

**ON A/C A380-800


Payload/Range - ISA Conditions
1.

This section provides the payload/range at ISA conditions.

3-2-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

RANGE (km)
7400
8400
9400
10400 11400
90
MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL PAYLOAD

12400

13400

14400

15400

16400

17400

180

70

160
PAYLOAD (x 1000 lb)

80

140

60
PAYLOAD (t)

18400
200

MAXIMUM PASSENGER PAYLOAD

120

50

100
40

80

30
20
10

60
40

TYPICAL INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT PROFILE


ISA / NO WIND
5% TRIP FUEL ALLOWANCE, 30 min HOLDING
200 nm DIVERSION

0
4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

20

7000
7500
RANGE (nm)

8000

8500

9000

9500

0
10000

L_AC_030201_1_0010101_01_00

Payload/Range
ISA Conditions - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-3-2-1-991-001-A01

3-2-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

RANGE (km)
7400
8400
9400
10400 11400
90
MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL PAYLOAD

12400

13400

14400

15400

16400

17400

180

70

160
PAYLOAD (x 1000 lb)

80

140

60
PAYLOAD (t)

18400
200

MAXIMUM PASSENGER PAYLOAD

120

50

100
40

80

30
20
10

60
40

TYPICAL INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT PROFILE


ISA / NO WIND
5% TRIP FUEL ALLOWANCE, 30 min HOLDING
200 nm DIVERSION

0
4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

20

7000
7500
RANGE (nm)

8000

8500

9000

9500

0
10000

L_AC_030201_1_0080101_01_00

Payload/Range
ISA Conditions - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-3-2-1-991-008-A01

3-2-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

3-3-1

Take Off Weight Limitation - ISA Conditions

**ON A/C A380-800


Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA Conditions
1.

This section provides the take-off weight limitation at ISA conditions.

3-3-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

RUNWAY LENGTH (ft)


6000

7000

8000

9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 16000 17000 18000
0

AIRFIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE (ft)

2000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (t)

600

4000
6000

550

8000

500

1360
1260
1160
1060

450

960

400

860

350

760

300
1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (x 1000 lb)

5000
650

660
5500

RUNWAY LENGTH (m)

L_AC_030301_1_0010101_01_00

Take-Off Weight Limitation


ISA Conditions - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-3-3-1-991-001-A01

3-3-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

RUNWAY LENGTH (ft)


6000

7000

8000

9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 16000 17000 18000
0

AIRFIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE (ft)

2000

600
TAKEOFF WEIGHT (t)

4000
6000

550

8000
500

1360
1260
1160
1060

450

960

400

860

350

760

300
1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (x 1000 lb)

5000
650

660
5500

RUNWAY LENGTH (m)

L_AC_030301_1_0080101_01_00

Take-Off Weight Limitation


ISA Conditions - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-3-3-1-991-008-A01

3-3-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

3-3-2

Take Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15 C (59 F)

**ON A/C A380-800


Take-Off Weight Limitation - ISA + 15 C (+59 F) Conditions
1.

This section provides the take-off weight limitation at ISA + 15C (+59F) conditions.

3-3-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

RUNWAY LENGTH (ft)


6000

7000

8000

9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 16000 17000 18000
0

AIRFIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE (ft)

2000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (t)

600

4000
6000

550

8000
500

1360
1260
1160
1060

450

960

400

860

350

760

300
1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (x 1000 lb)

5000
650

660
5500

RUNWAY LENGTH (m)

L_AC_030302_1_0010101_01_00

Take-Off Weight Limitation


ISA + 15 C (+59 F) Conditions - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-3-3-2-991-001-A01

3-3-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

RUNWAY LENGTH (ft)


6000

7000

8000

9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 16000 17000 18000
0

AIRFIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE (ft)

2000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (t)

600

4000
6000

550

8000
500

1360
1260
1160
1060

450

960

400

860

350

760

300
1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

TAKEOFF WEIGHT (x 1000 lb)

5000
650

660
5500

RUNWAY LENGTH (m)

L_AC_030302_1_0080101_01_00

Take-Off Weight Limitation


ISA + 15 C (+59 F) Conditions - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-3-3-2-991-008-A01

3-3-2

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

3-4-1

Landing Field Length

**ON A/C A380-800


Landing Field Length
1.

This section provides the landing field length on a dry runway.

3-4-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOTE:

THESE CURVES ARE GIVEN FOR INFORMATION ONLY.


THE APPROVED VALUES ARE STATED IN THE "OPERATING MANUALS"
SPECIFIC TO THE AIRLINE OPERATING THE AIRCRAFT.

GROSS WEIGHT (x 1000 lb)


670

720

770

820

870

LANDING FIELD LENGTH (m)

2600
2500
2300

970

AIRFIELD ELEVATION (ft) 9000


8000
8600
6000
8200
4000
7800

2700

2400

920

VALID FOR ALL TEMPERATURES

2000 7400

2200

2100

7000

2000

6600

1900

6200

1800

5800

1700

5400

1600

5000

1500
1400
280

LANDING FIELD LENGTH (ft)

620
2800

300

320

340

360
380
GROSS WEIGHT (t)

400

420

440

4600
460

L_AC_030401_1_0010101_01_01

Landing Field Length


Dry Runway
FIGURE-3-4-1-991-001-A01

3-4-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

3-5-0

Final Approach Speed

**ON A/C A380-800


Final Approach Speed
1.

This section gives the final approach speed which is the indicated airspeed at threshold in the landing
configuration at the certificated maximum flap setting and maximum landing weight at standard
atmospheric conditions. The approach speed is used to classify the aircraft into Aircraft Approach
Category, a grouping of aircraft based on the indicated airspeed at threshold.

2.

The final approach speed is 138 kt at a Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) of 395 000 kg (870 826
lb) and classifies the aircraft into the Aircraft Approach Category C.
NOTE : This value is given for information only.

3-5-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

GROUND MANEUVERING
4-1-0

General Information

**ON A/C A380-800


General
1.

This section provides aircraft turning capability and maneuvering characteristics.


For ease of presentation, this data has been determined from the theoretical limits imposed by the
geometry of the aircraft, and where noted, provides for a normal allowance for tire slippage. As such,
it reflects the turning capability of the aircraft in favorable operating circumstances. This data should
only be used as a guidelines for the method of determination of such parameters and for the
maneuvering characteristics of this aircraft type.
In ground operating mode, varying airline practices may demand that more conservative turning
procedures be adopted to avoid excessive tire wear and reduce possible maintenance problems. Airline
operating techniques will vary in the level of performance, over a wide range of operating
circumstances throughout the world. Variations from standard aircraft operating patterns may be
necessary to satisfy physical constraints within the maneuvering area, such as adverse grades, limited
area or a high risk of jet blast damage. For these reasons, ground maneuvering requirements should
be coordinated with the airlines in question prior to layout planning.

4-1-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-2-0

Turning Radii

**ON A/C A380-800


Turning Radii
1.

This section provides the turning radii.

4-2-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

55

60
29.83 m
(97.9 ft)

65

70
R3

R5

R6

R4

NOTE:
FOR TURNING RADII VALUES, REFER TO SHEET 2.

L_AC_040200_1_0010101_01_01

Turning Radii
(Sheet 1)
FIGURE-4-2-0-991-001-A01

4-2-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A380800 TURNING RADII


TYPE
OF
TURN

STEERING
ANGLE

EFFECTIVE
STEERING
ANGLE

20

17.9

25

22.7

30

27.5

35

32.1

40

36.6

45

41.0

50

45.1

55

51.2

60

57.3

65

63.4

70

69.5

m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft
m
ft

R3
NLG

R4
WING

R5
NOSE

R6
THS

100.16
328.6
78.86
258.7
65.69
215.5
56.84
186.5
50.59
166.0
46.02
151.0
42.61
139.8
40.13
131.6
37.64
123.5
35.15
115.3
32.66
107.2

135.45
444.4
113.14
371.2
98.90
324.5
88.97
291.9
81.61
267.8
75.94
249.1
71.43
234.4
67.02
219.9
62.60
205.4
58.18
190.9
53.76
176.4

101.01
331.4
80.12
262.9
67.33
220.9
58.83
193.0
52.89
173.5
48.61
159.5
45.45
149.1
43.22
141.8
40.98
134.5
38.75
127.1
36.52
119.8

115.87
380.1
94.90
311.4
81.91
268.7
73.13
239.9
66.84
219.3
62.16
203.9
58.57
192.2
55.43
181.9
52.29
171.5
49.15
161.2
46.01
150.9

NOTE:
TYPE 1 TURNS USE :
ASYMMETRIC THRUST BOTH ENGINES ON THE INSIDE OF THE TURN TO BE AT IDLE THRUST.
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING BRAKING APPLIED TO THE WING GEAR WHEELS ON THE INSIDE OF
THE TURN.
TYPE 2 TURNS USE :
SYMMETRIC THRUST AND NO BRAKING.
L_AC_040200_1_0020101_01_01

Turning Radii
(Sheet 2)
FIGURE-4-2-0-991-002-A01

4-2-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-3-0

Minimum Turning Radii

**ON A/C A380-800


Minimum Turning Radii
1.

This section provides the minimum turning radii.

4-3-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


29.83 m
(97.9 ft)

55
60
65
R3

A
(MINIMUM
TURNING WIDTH)

70

R5

OUTSIDE FACE
OF TIRE

R6

R4

A380800 MINIMUM TURNING RADIUS


TYPE
OF
TURN

STEERING
ANGLE

EFFECTIVE
STEERING
ANGLE

70

69.5

R3
NLG

R4
WING

R5
NOSE

R6
THS

11.08

50.91

32.66

53.76

36.52

46.01

ft

36.3

167.0

107.2

176.4

119.8

150.9

NOTE:
TURN PERFORMED WITH ASYMMETRIC THRUST AND DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING.
L_AC_040300_1_0010101_01_02

Minimum Turning Radii


FIGURE-4-3-0-991-001-A01

4-3-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-4-0

Visibility from Cockpit in Static Position

**ON A/C A380-800


Visibility from Cockpit in Static Position
1.

This section gives the visibility from cockpit in static position.

4-4-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


NOT TO BE USED FOR
LANDING APPROACH VISIBILITY

DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE


31

VISUAL ANGLES IN VERTICAL


PLANE THROUGH PILOT
EYE POSITION.

19.5

2.92 m
(9.58 ft)
17.36 m
(56.96 ft)

7.17 m
(23.52 ft)

107

121

FIRST OFFICER
FIELD OF VIEW

4.97 m
(16.31 ft)
MAX AFT VISION WITH HEAD TURNED
AROUND SPINAL COLUMN.
WING TIP CAN BE SEEN WHEN HEAD IS MOVED
TO THE SIDE.
VISUAL ANGLES IN HORIZONTAL
PLANE THROUGH PILOT
EYE POSITION.

CAPTAIN FIELD OF VIEW


107
121

VISUAL ANGLES IN PLANE


PERPENDICULAR TO
LONGITUDINAL AXIS.

30

30

24

24

NOTE:
PILOT EYE POSITION WHEN PILOTS EYES ARE IN LINE WITH THE RED AND WHITE BALLS.
ZONE THAT CANNOT BE SEEN
L_AC_040400_1_0010101_01_01

Visibility from Cockpit in Static Position


FIGURE-4-4-0-991-001-A01

4-4-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

CAPTAIN
WINDSHIELD

FIRST OFFICER
SLIDING WINDOW

20
24
30

10

10

20

30

40

50

4-4-0
PILOT EYE POSITION
(CAPTAIN POSITION)

FIRST OFFICER
WINDSHIELD

FIRST OFFICER
FIXED WINDOW

EXAMPLE: WHEN CAPTAIN TURNS HIS HEAD BY 90 LEFT, VISIBILITY


WILL BE 30 UP AND 24 DOWN THROUGH THE SLIDING WINDOW FRAME.

CAPTAIN FIELD OF VIEW SHOWN.


FIRST OFFICER FIELD OF VIEW SYMMETRICAL.

A380

ARP 41012

CAPTAIN
FIXED WINDOW

130120110100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100110120130140150

CAPTAIN SLIDING
WINDOW

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_040400_1_0020101_01_00

Binocular Visibility Through Windows from Captain Eye Position


FIGURE-4-4-0-991-002-A01

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-5-0

Runway and Taxiway Turn Paths

**ON A/C A380-800


Runway and Taxiway Turn Paths
1.

Runway and Taxiway Turn Paths

4-5-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-5-1

135 Turn - Runway to Taxiway

**ON A/C A380-800


135 Turn - Runway to Taxiway
1.

This section gives the 135 turn -- runway to taxiway.

4-5-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TURN R = 45 m
(150 ft)

FA

NOMINAL
OFFSET 7 m
(23 ft)

L
APPROX 4.9 m
(16 ft)

LE

A
75 D
m IN
(2 FIL
50 L
ft) ET

APPROX 6.6 m
(22 ft)
FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)

RUNWAY
CENTERLINE

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE
23 m
(75 ft)

45 m
(150 ft)
NLG PATH
WLG PATH
COCKPIT PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP V FACILITIES.

L_AC_040501_1_0010101_01_01

135 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway


Judgemental Oversteer Method
FIGURE-4-5-1-991-001-A01

4-5-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TURN R = 51 m
(167 ft)

FA
L

LE
A
75 D
m IN
(2 FIL
50 L
ft) ET

APPROX 5.8 m
(19 ft)
FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE
30 m
(100 ft)

RUNWAY CENTERLINE
60 m
(200 ft)

NLG PATH
WLG PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP VI FACILITIES.

L_AC_040501_1_0020101_01_01

135 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway


Cockpit Tracks Centreline Method
FIGURE-4-5-1-991-002-A01

4-5-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-5-2

90 Turn - Runway to Taxiway

**ON A/C A380-800


90 Turn - Runway to Taxiway
1.

This section gives the 90 turn -- runway to taxiway.

4-5-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

APPROX 7 m
(23 ft)

APPROX 10 m
(33 ft)

FAA LEADI

N FILLET
L = 75 m (2
50 ft)

APPROX 9.2 m
(30 ft)

TAXIWAY
CENTERLINE

23 m
(75 ft)

FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)
TURN R = 45 m
(150 ft)

RUNWAY CENTERLINE

45 m
(150 ft)

NLG PATH
WLG PATH
COCKPIT PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP V FACILITIES.

L_AC_040502_1_0010101_01_01

90 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway


Judgemental Oversteer Method
FIGURE-4-5-2-991-001-A01

4-5-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TURN R = 51 m
(167 ft)

FAA LEADI

30 m
(100 ft)

N FILLET
L = 75 m (250
ft)

TAXIWAY
CENTERLINE

APPROX 10.2 m
(33 ft)
FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)

RUNWAY CENTERLINE
60 m
(200 ft)

NLG PATH
WLG PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP VI FACILITIES.

L_AC_040502_1_0020101_01_01

90 Turn -- Runway to Taxiway


Cockpit Tracks Centreline Method
FIGURE-4-5-2-991-002-A01

4-5-2

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-5-3

180 Turn on a Runway

**ON A/C A380-800


180 Turn on a Runway
1.

This section gives the 180 turn on a runway.

4-5-3

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


60 m
(200 ft)
R4 = 54 m
(177 ft)

RUNWAY
CENTERLINE
R5 = 36.6 m
(120 ft)

R3 = 32.7 m
(107 ft)
R6 = 46 m
(151 ft)

0.7 m
(2 ft)

23.2 m
(76 ft)

16.8 m
(55 ft)

31.2 m
(102 ft)

4.5 m
(15 ft)
4.5 m
(15 ft)

NLG PATH
WLG PATH
NOSE TIP PATH

51 m
(167 ft)

WING TIP PATH


TAIL TIP PATH

NOTE: 70 NOSE GEAR STEERING ASYMMETRIC THRUST AND BRAKING


ON A 60 m (200 ft) WIDE RUNWAY.

NLG WHEEL
OUTERFACE PATH
L_AC_040503_1_0010101_01_01

180 Turn on a Runway


FIGURE-4-5-3-991-001-A01

4-5-3

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-5-4

90 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway

**ON A/C A380-800


90 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway
1.

This section gives the 90 turn - taxiway to taxiway.

4-5-4

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

NOMINAL OFFSET 7 m
(23 ft)

FAA LEAD

IN FILLET
L = 75 m (2
50 ft)

APPROX 10 m
(33 ft)

23 m
(75 ft)

APPROX 8.9 m
(29 ft)

TAXIWAY
CENTERLINE

FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)
TURN R = 45 m
(150 ft)

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE

23 m
(75 ft)
NLG PATH
WLG PATH
COCKPIT PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP V FACILITIES.

L_AC_040504_1_0010101_01_01

90 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway


Judgemental Oversteer Method
FIGURE-4-5-4-991-001-A01

4-5-4

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TURN R = 51 m
(167 ft)
FAA LEA

30 m
(100 ft)

DIN FIL
LET
L = 75 m
(250 ft)

TAXIWAY
CENTERLINE

APPROX 8.7 m
(29 ft)
FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE
30 m
(100 ft)

NLG PATH
WLG PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP VI FACILITIES.

L_AC_040504_1_0020101_01_01

90 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway


Cockpit Tracks Centreline Method
FIGURE-4-5-4-991-002-A01

4-5-4

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-5-5

135 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway

**ON A/C A380-800


135 Turn - Taxiway to Taxiway
1.

This section gives the 135 turn - taxiway to taxiway.

4-5-5

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TURN R = 45 m
(150 ft)
APPROX 7 m
(23 ft)

FA

LE
A
75 D
APPROX 4.9 m m IN
(2 FIL
(16 ft)
50 L
ft) ET
L

APPROX 8.5 m
(28 ft)
FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE
TAXIWAY CENTERLINE

23 m
(75 ft)

23 m
(75 ft)
NLG PATH
WLG PATH
COCKPIT PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP V FACILITIES.

L_AC_040505_1_0010101_01_01

135 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway


Judgemental Oversteer Method
FIGURE-4-5-5-991-001-A01

4-5-5

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TURN R = 51 m
(167 ft)

FA
L

A
L
= EA
75 D
m IN
(2 FI
50 LL
ft) ET

APPROX 7.4 m
(24 ft)
FILLET R = 25.5 m
(85 ft)

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE
TAXIWAY CENTERLINE

30 m
(100 ft)

30 m
(100 ft)

NLG PATH
WLG PATH

NOTE: FAA GROUP VI FACILITIES.

L_AC_040505_1_0020101_01_01

135 Turn -- Taxiway to Taxiway


Cockpit Tracks Centerline Method
FIGURE-4-5-5-991-002-A01

4-5-5

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-6-0

Runway Holding Bay (Apron)

**ON A/C A380-800


Runway Holding Bay (Apron)
1.

This section gives the runway holding bay (Apron).

4-6-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

6.1 m
(20 ft)

90 m
(300 ft)

110 m
(360 ft)

12.2 m
(40 ft)

HOLDING POINT
6.1 m
(20 ft)
190 m
(625 ft)
TAXIWAY
CENTERLINE

RUNWAY CENTERLINE
60 m
(200 ft)

30 m
(100 ft)

NOTE: COORDINATE WITH USING AIRLINE FOR SPECIFIC PLANNED OPERATING PROCEDURE.
L_AC_040600_1_0010101_01_01

Runway Holding Bay (Apron)


FIGURE-4-6-0-991-001-A01

4-6-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-7-0

Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections

**ON A/C A380-800


Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections
1.

The ground manoeuvres were performed using asymmetric thrust and differential only braking to
initiate the turn.
TODA: Take-Off Available Distance
ASDA: Acceleration-Stop Distance Available

2.

90 Turn on Runway Entry


This section gives the minimum line-up distance correction for a 90 turn on runway entry.
This manoeuvre consists in a 90 turn at minimum turn radius starting with the edge of the WLG at
a distance of 4.5 m (15 ft) from taxiway edge, and finishing with the aircraft aligned on the
centerline of the runway, see FIGURE 4-7-0-991-003-A.
During the turn, all the clearances must meet the minimum value of 4.5 m (15 ft) for this category of
aircraft as recommended in ICAO Annex 14.

3.

180 Turn on Runway Turn Pad


This section gives the minimum line-up distance correction for a 180 turn on runway turn pad.
This manoeuvre consists in a 180 turn at minimum turn radius on a standard ICAO runway turn
pad geometry, .
It starts with the edge of the WLG at 4.5 m (15 ft) from pavement edge, and it finishes with the
aircraft aligned on the centerline of the runway, see FIGURE 4-7-0-991-004-A.
During the turn, all the clearances must meet the minimum value of 4.5 m (15 ft) for this category of
aircraft as recommended in ICAO Annex 14.

4.

180 Turn on Runway Width


This section gives the minimum line-up distance correction for a 180 turn on runway width.
For this manoeuvre, the pavement width is considered to be the runway width, which is a frozen
parameter (45 m (150 ft) and 60 m (200 ft)).
As per the 180 turn on runway standard operating procedures described in the Flight Crew
Operating Manual, the aircraft is initially angled with respect to runway centerline when starting the
180 turn, see FIGURE 4-7-0-991-005-A.
During the turn, all the clearances must meet the minimum value of 4.5 m (15 ft) for this category of
aircraft as recommended in ICAO Annex 14.

4-7-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

4.5 m
(15 ft)

TODA

TAXIWAY
CENTERLINE

ASDA

> 4.5 m
(15 ft)

RUNWAY CENTERLINE

90 TURN ON RUNWAY ENTRY

AIRCRAFT
TYPE

MAX
STEERING
ANGLE

A380800

70

45 m (150 ft) WIDE RUNWAY


(STANDARD WIDTH)

60 m (200 ft) WIDE RUNWAY

MINIMUM LINEUP
DISTANCE CORRECTION
ON TODA
ON ASDA
28.6 m
94 ft
58.5 m
192 ft

MINIMUM LINEUP
DISTANCE CORRECTION
ON TODA
ON ASDA
22.8 m
75 ft
52.7 m
173 ft

NOTE:
ASDA: ACCELERATIONSTOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE
TODA: TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE
L_AC_040700_1_0030101_01_00

Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections


90 Turn on Runway Entry
FIGURE-4-7-0-991-003-A01

4-7-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

MINIMUM PAVEMENT WIDTH


4.5 m
(15 ft)

TODA

4.5 m
(15 ft)

> 4.5 m
(15 ft)

ASDA

RUNWAY CENTERLINE

180 TURN ON RUNWAY TURNPAD


45 m (150 ft) WIDE RUNWAY
60 m (200 ft) WIDE RUNWAY
(STANDARD WIDTH)
MAX
REQUIRED
REQUIRED
MINIMUM LINEUP
MINIMUM LINEUP
AIRCRAFT STEERING
MINIMUM
MINIMUM
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
TYPE
PAVEMENT
PAVEMENT
ANGLE
CORRECTION
CORRECTION
WIDTH
WIDTH
ON TODA
ON ASDA
ON TODA
ON ASDA
68.1 m 224 ft
64 m 209.9 ft
A380800
70
39.5 m 130 ft 69.3 m 227 ft
37.1 m 122 ft 66.9 m 219 ft
NOTE:
ASDA: ACCELERATIONSTOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE
TODA: TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE
L_AC_040700_1_0040101_01_00

Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections


180 Turn on Runway Turn Pad
FIGURE-4-7-0-991-004-A01

4-7-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

4.5 m
(15 ft)

4.5 m
(15 ft)

TODA

ASDA

>4.5 m
(15 ft)

15
RUNWAY CENTERLINE

180 TURN ON RUNWAY WIDTH

AIRCRAFT
TYPE

MAX
STEERING
ANGLE

A380800

70

45 m (150 ft) WIDE RUNWAY


(STANDARD WIDTH)

60 m (200 ft) WIDE RUNWAY

MINIMUM LINEUP
DISTANCE CORRECTION
ON TODA
ON ASDA
NOT POSSIBLE

MINIMUM LINEUP
DISTANCE CORRECTION
ON TODA
ON ASDA
NOT POSSIBLE

NOTE:
ASDA: ACCELERATIONSTOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE
TODA: TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE
IN THE A380 FCOM, THERE IS AN OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE THAT DESCRIBES HOW TO PERFORM A 180
TURN ON A 60 m (200 ft) RUNWAY WIDTH, BUT THE RECOMMENDED 4.5 m (15 ft) MARGINS CANNOT BE MET.
L_AC_040700_1_0050101_01_00

Minimum Line-Up Distance Corrections


180 Turn on Runway Width
FIGURE-4-7-0-991-005-A01

4-7-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

4-8-0

Aircraft Mooring

**ON A/C A380-800


Aircraft Mooring
1.

This section provides information on aircraft mooring.

4-8-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

SLING

TOWING FITTING

LOCKING SCREW
MOVABLE PIN

HOOK

MOORING POINT
HOOK PIN
FWD

A
L_AC_040800_1_0010101_01_00

Aircraft Mooring
FIGURE-4-8-0-991-001-A01

4-8-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-1-0

Aircraft Servicing Arrangements

**ON A/C A380-800


Aircraft Servicing Arrangements
1.

This section provides typical ramp layouts, showing the various GSE items in position during typical
turn-round scenarios.
These ramp layouts show typical arrangements only. Each operator will have its own specific
requirements/regulations for positioning and operation on the ramp.
This table gives the symbols used on servicing diagrams.

AC
AS
BULK
CAT
CB
CLEAN
FUEL
GPU
LDCL
LV
PBB
PS
TOW
UDCAT
ULD
WV

GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT


AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
AIR START UNIT
BULK TRAIN
CATERING TRUCK
CONVEYOR BELT
CLEANING TRUCK
FUEL HYDRANT DISPENSER or TANKER
GROUND POWER UNIT
LOWER DECK CARGO LOADER
LAVATORY VEHICLE
PASSENGER BOARDING BRIDGE
PASSENGER STAIRS
TOW TRACTOR
UPPER DECK CATERING TRUCK
ULD TRAIN
POTABLE WATER VEHICLE

5-1-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-1-1

Typical Ramp Layout (Open Apron)

**ON A/C A380-800


Typical Ramp Layout (Open Apron)
1.

This section gives the typical ramp layout (Open Apron).


The Stand Safety Line delimits the Aircraft Safety Area (minimum distance of 7.5 m (24.61 ft) from
the aircraft). No vehicle must be parked in this area before complete stop of the aircraft (wheel
chocks in position on landing gears).

5-1-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TOW

48

AS

5
10 15
METERS

GPU
GPU

PS

CLEAN

LD CL
ULD

PS

CAT
UDCAT

AC

EL

FEET
16 32

FU

CAT
WV

PS

LD CL
ULD
CAT

CB

LV

BULK

STAND SAFETY LINE

L_AC_050101_1_0010101_01_02

Typical Ramp Layout


Open Apron
FIGURE-5-1-1-991-001-A01

5-1-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-1-2

Typical Ramp Layout (Gate)

**ON A/C A380-800


Typical Ramp Layout (Gate)
1.

This section gives the baseline ramp layout (Gate).


The Stand Safety Line delimits the Aircraft Safety Area (minimum distance of 7.5 m (24.61 ft) from
the aircraft). No vehicle must be parked in this area before complete stop of the aircraft (wheel
chocks in position on landing gears).

5-1-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

0
0

FEET
16 32

TOW

48

AS

5
10 15
METERS

GPU
GPU
CLEAN

PB

LD CL

PB

ULD

CAT
UDCAT

AC

FUEL

FUEL

CAT
WV

CAT

LD CL
ULD

LV

CB
BULK

STAND SAFETY LINE

L_AC_050102_1_0010101_01_02

Typical Ramp Layout


Gate
FIGURE-5-1-2-991-001-A01

5-1-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-2-1

Typical Turn-Round Time - Standard Servicing Via Main Deck and Upper Deck

**ON A/C A380-800


Typical Turn-Round Time - Standard Servicing Via Main Deck and Upper Deck
1.

This section provides a typical turn-round time chart showing the typical time for ramp activities
during aircraft turn-round.
Actual times may vary due to each operators specific practices, resources, equipment and operating
conditions.

2.

Assumptions used for standard servicing via main and upper deck during typical turn-round time
A.

PASSENGER HANDLING
555 pax (22 F/C + 96 B/C + 437 Y/C).
All passengers deplane and board the aircraft.
2 Passenger Boarding Bridges (PBB) used at doors M2L and U1L.
Equipment positioning main deck + opening door = +3 min.
Closing door + equipment removal main deck = +3 min.
Equipment positioning upper deck + opening door = +4 min.
Closing door + equipment removal upper deck = +4 min.
No Passenger with Reduced Mobility (PRM) on board.
Deplaning:
- 356 pax at door M2L (22 F/C + 334 Y/C)
- 199 pax at door U1L (96 B/C + 103 Y/C)
- Deplaning rate = 25 pax/min per door
- Priority deplaning for premium passengers.
Boarding:
- 356 pax at door M2L (22 F/C + 334 Y/C)
- 199 pax at door U1L (96 B/C + 103 Y/C)
- Boarding rate = 15 pax/min per door
- Last Pax Seating allowance (LPS) + headcounting = +4 min.

B.

CARGO
2 cargo loaders + 1 belt loader.
Opening door + equipment positioning = +2.5 min.
Equipment removal + closing door = +2.5 min.
100% cargo exchange:
- FWD cargo compartment: 20 containers
- AFT cargo compartment: 16 containers
- Bulk cargo compartment: 1 000 kg (2 205 lb).
Container unloading/loading times:

5-2-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

Unloading = 1.2 min/container


Loading = 1.4 min/container.

Bulk unloading/loading times:


- Unloading = 110 kg/min (243 lb/min)
- Loading = 95 kg/min (209 lb/min).
C.

REFUELING
242 700 l (64 115 US gal) at 40 psig.
Dispenser positioning + connection = +8 min.
Disconnection + dispenser removal = +8 min.

D.

CLEANING
Cleaning is performed in available time.

E.

CATERING
3 main deck catering trucks + 1 upper deck catering truck.
Main deck equipment positioning + door opening = +5 min.
Main deck closing door + equipment removal = 3 min.
Upper deck equipment positioning + door opening = +9 min.
Upper deck closing door + equipment removal = 4 min.
Full Size Trolley Equivalent (FSTE) to unload and load: 78 FSTE
- 28 FSTE at door M2R
- 16 FSTE at door M4R
- 23 FSTE at door U1R
- 11 FSTE at door M5L.
Time for trolley exchange = 1.5 min per FSTE.
Time for trolley exchange via lift = 2 min per FSTE.

F.

GROUND HANDLING/SERVICING
Start of operations:
- Bridges/stairs: t0 = 0
- Other equipment: t = t0 + 1 min.
Ground Power Unit (GPU): up to 4 x 90 kVA.
Air conditioning: up to 4 hoses.
Potable water servicing: 100% uplift, 1 700 l (449 US gal).
Waste water servicing: draining + rinsing.

5-2-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TRT: 90 min
DEPLANING/BOARDING
AT M2L
DEPLANING/BOARDING
AT U1L
HEADCOUNTING & LPS

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

CATERING AT M2R
CATERING AT M4R
CATERING AT U1R
CATERING AT M5L
CLEANING AT M1R

AVAILABLE TIME

CARGO FWD CC
CARGO AFT CC
BULK
REFUELING
POTABLE WATER SERVICING
WASTE WATER SERVICING

GSE POSITIONING/REMOVAL
ACTIVITY
CRITICAL PATH

L_AC_050201_1_0020101_01_03

Typical Turn-Round Time


Servicing Via Main and Upper Deck
FIGURE-5-2-1-991-002-A01

5-2-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-2-2

Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via Main Deck

**ON A/C A380-800


Typical Turn-Round Time - Servicing Via Main Deck
1.

This section provides a typical turn-round time chart showing the typical time for ramp activities
during aircraft turn-round.
Actual times may vary due to each operators specific practices, resources, equipment and operating
conditions.

2.

Assumptions used for standard servicing via main deck only during typical turn-round time
A.

PASSENGER HANDLING
555 pax (22 F/C + 96 B/C + 437 Y/C).
All passengers deplane and board the aircraft.
2 Passenger Boarding Bridges (PBB) used at doors M1L and M2L.
Equipment positioning main deck + opening door = +3 min.
Closing door + equipment removal main deck = +3 min.
No Passenger with Reduced Mobility (PRM) on board.
Deplaning:
- 221 pax at door M1L (22 F/C + 96 B/C + 103 Y/C)
- 334 pax at door M2L (334 Y/C)
- Deplaning rate = 25 pax/min per door
- Priority deplaning for premium passengers.
Boarding:
- 221 pax at door M1L (22 F/C + 96 B/C + 103 Y/C)
- 334 pax at door M2L (334 Y/C)
- Boarding rate = 15 pax/min per door
- Last Pax Seating allowance (LPS) + headcounting = +4 min.

B.

CARGO
2 cargo loaders + 1 belt loader.
Opening door + equipment positioning = +2.5 min.
Equipment removal + closing door = +2.5 min.
100% cargo exchange:
- FWD cargo compartment: 20 containers
- AFT cargo compartment: 16 containers
- Bulk compartment: 1 000 kg (2 205 lb).
Container unloading/loading times:
- Unloading = 1.2 min/container
- Loading = 1.4 min/container.

5-2-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

Bulk unloading/loading times:


- Unloading = 110 kg/min (243 lb/min)
- Loading = 95 kg/min (209 lb/min).
C.

REFUELING
242 700 l (64 115 US gal) at 40 psig.
Dispenser positioning + connection = +8 min.
Disconnection + dispenser removal = +8 min.

D.

CLEANING
Cleaning is performed in available time.

E.

CATERING
3 main deck catering trucks.
Main deck equipment positioning + door opening = +5 min.
Main deck closing door + equipment removal = +3 min.
Full Size Trolley Equivalent (FSTE) to unload and load: 78 FSTE.
- 28 FSTE at door M2R
- 16 FSTE at door M4R
- 23 FSTE at door U1R
- 11 FSTE at door M5L.
Time for trolley exchange = 1.5 min per FSTE.
Time for trolley exchange via lift = 2 min per FSTE.

F.

GROUND HANDLING/SERVICING
Start of operations:
- Bridges/stairs: t0 = 0
- Other equipment: t = t0 + 1 min.
Ground Power Unit (GPU): up to 4 x 90 kVA.
Air conditioning: up to 4 hoses.
Potable water servicing: 100% uplift, 1 700 l (449 US gal).
Waste water servicing: draining + rinsing.

5-2-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

TRT: 140 min


DEPLANING/BOARDING
AT M1L
DEPLANING/BOARDING
AT M2L
HEADCOUNTING & LPS

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

CATERING AT M2R
CATERING AT M4R
CATERING AT M5L
CLEANING AT M1R

AVAILABLE TIME

CARGO FWD CC
CARGO AFT CC
BULK
REFUELING
POTABLE WATER SERVICING
WASTE WATER SERVICING

GSE POSITIONING/REMOVAL
ACTIVITY
CRITICAL PATH

L_AC_050202_1_0010101_01_03

Typical Turn-Round Time


Servicing Via Main Deck
FIGURE-5-2-2-991-001-A01

5-2-2

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-1

Ground Service Connections Layout

**ON A/C A380-800


Ground Service Connections Layout
1.

This section gives the ground service connections layout.

5-4-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

8 7

12
10

8 7
13

16 15
3 2

4
6 8
9
16

18
15

17

12

14

19

11

20

7
15
16

1 GROUNDING POINT NLG


2 GROUND ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTORS
3 POTABLE WATER DRAIN PANEL
4 OXYGEN SYSTEM
5 LOW PRESSURE PRECONDITIONED AIR
6 HIGH PRESSURE AIR ENGINE START
7 VFG AND STARTER OIL FILLING
8 ENGINE OIL FILLING*
9 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR SERVICING PANEL
10 YELLOW HYDRAULIC GROUND CONNECTOR

11 GREEN HYDRAULIC GROUND CONNECTOR


12 PRESSURE REFUEL CONNECTORS
13 GROUNDING POINT WLG
14 GROUNDING POINT BLG
15 NACA FLAME ARRESTOR
16 OVERPRESSURE PROTECTOR
17 REFUEL/DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL
18 POTABLE WATER SERVICE PANEL
19 TOILET AND WASTE SERVICE PANEL
20 APU OIL FILLING

NOTE:
* THE ENGINE OIL SERVICING POINTS (8) ARE SHOWN FOR THE RR TRENT 900 ENGINE.
FOR THE GP 7200 ENGINE, THE ENGINE OIL SERVICING POINTS (8) ARE LOCATED SYMMETRICALLY
ON THE LH SIDE OF EACH ENGINE.
L_AC_050401_1_0010101_01_03

Ground Service Connections Layout


FIGURE-5-4-1-991-001-A01

5-4-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-2

Grounding (Earthing) Points

**ON A/C A380-800


Grounding (Earthing) Points
1.

Grounding (Earthing) Points


ACCESS

On Nose Landing
Gear leg
On Wing Gear leg
(Inboard)
On Body Gear leg
(Outboard)
On Body Gear leg
(Inboard)

AFT OF NOSE
5.71 m
(18.73 ft)
34.21 m
(112.24 ft)
37.16 m
(121.92 ft)
37.16 m
(121.92 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
0.18 m
(0.59 ft)
5.95 m
5.95 m
(19.52 ft)
(19.52 ft)
2.85 m
2.85 m
(9.35 ft)
(9.35 ft)
2.41 m
2.41 m
(7.91 ft)
(7.91 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
1.39 m
(4.56 ft)
1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
1.38 m
(4.53 ft)
1.38 m
(4.53 ft)

A.

The grounding (earthing) stud on each landing gear is designed for use with a clip-on connector,
such as an Appleton TGR.

B.

The grounding (earthing) studs are used to connect the aircraft to approved ground (earth)
connection on the ramp or in the hangar for:
- Refuel/defuel operations
- Maintenance operations
- Bad weather conditions.

5-4-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

GROUNDING (EARTHING)
POINT

A
L_AC_050402_1_0010101_01_01

Grounding (Earthing) Point - NLG


FIGURE-5-4-2-991-001-A01

5-4-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

GROUNDING (EARTHING) POINT

A
L_AC_050402_1_0020101_01_01

Grounding (Earthing) Points - WLG


FIGURE-5-4-2-991-002-A01

5-4-2

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

GROUNDING (EARTHING) POINT


(RIGHT ONE SHOWN LEFT ONE SIMILAR)

A
L_AC_050402_1_0030101_01_01

Grounding (Earthing) Points - BLG


FIGURE-5-4-2-991-003-A01

5-4-2

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-3

Hydraulic System

**ON A/C A380-800


Hydraulic System
1.

Ground Service Panel


ACCESS

Hydraulic Reservoir Servicing Panel:


Access Door 197CB
A.

AFT OF
NOSE
31.89 m
(104.63 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
2.34 m
(7.68 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
1.71 m
(5.61 ft)

Connectors
(1) Reservoir Filling:
- One 3022079-312
(2) Reservoir Pressurization/Depressurization:
- One 3022079-324 (pressurization)
- One pressure-switch (green hydraulic reservoir depressurization)
- One pressure-switch (yellow hydraulic reservoir depressurization).

2.

Ground Test
ACCESS

Green Hydraulic Ground Connectors:


Behind Engine 2
Access Door 469FL
Yellow Hydraulic Ground Connectors:
Behind Engine 3
Access Door 479FL
A.

AFT OF
NOSE
34.67 m
(113.75 ft)
34.67 m
(113.75 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
14.90 m
(48.88 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
5.08 m
(16.67 ft)

14.90 m
(48.88 ft)

5.08 m
(16.67 ft)

Connectors
- One D24331000 (Suction)
- One D24330000 (Delivery).

5-4-3

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


A

Z190

GREEN HYD RESERVOIR


DEPRESSURIZATION
SWITCH
RESERVOIR
PRESSURIZATION
CONNECTOR
RESERVOIR FILLING
CONNECTOR
YELLOW HYD RESERVOIR
DEPRESSURIZATION
SWITCH

FWD

B
L_AC_050403_1_0010101_01_01

Ground Service Connections


Hydraulic Reservoir Servicing Panel
FIGURE-5-4-3-991-001-A01

5-4-3

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

B C

Z470

Z460

GREEN HP
SELF SEALING
GND CONNECTOR

YELLOW HP
SELF SEALING
GND CONNECTOR

GREEN SUCTION
SELF SEALING
GND CONNECTOR

YELLOW SUCTION
SELF SEALING
GND CONNECTOR

FOR LH PYLON

FOR RH PYLON

L_AC_050403_1_0020101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Hydraulic Ground Connections
FIGURE-5-4-3-991-002-A01

5-4-3

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-4

Electrical System

**ON A/C A380-800


Electrical System
1.

AC External Power
ACCESS

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
AFT OF NOSE
5.99 m
(19.65 ft)
5.99 m
(19.65 ft)

Right Side Access Door:


134AR
Left Side Access Door:
133AL
2.

LH SIDE

RH SIDE
0.45 m
(1.48 ft)

0.45 m
(1.48 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM
GROUND
2.59 m
(8.50 ft)
2.59 m
(8.50 ft)

Technical Specifications
A.

External Power Receptacles:


- Four receptacles according to MS 90362-3 (without shield MS 17845-1) - 90 kVA.
NOTE : Make sure that for connectors featuring micro switches, the connectors are chamfered
to properly engage in the receptacles.

3.

B.

Power Supply:
- Three-phase, 115V, 400 Hz.

C.

Electrical Connectors:
- AC outlets: HUBBELL 5258
- DC outlets: HUBBELL 7472.

AC Emergency Generation
ACCESS
RAT Safety-Pin
Installation
Access Panel: 531DL

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
AFT OF NOSE
31.00 m
(101.71 ft)

LH SIDE

RH SIDE

9.50 m
(31.17 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM
GROUND
3.20 m
(10.5 ft)

5-4-4

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
FR17
FR18
134AR

EXTERNAL POWER
RECEPTACLES

FR17

FR18

133AL

A
FWD

FR17

EXTERNAL POWER
RECEPTACLES

FR18

B
FWD
L_AC_050404_1_0010101_01_01

Ground Service Connections


Electrical Service Panel
FIGURE-5-4-4-991-001-A01

5-4-4

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

531DL
Z531

A
B

RAT UPLOCK SAFETYPIN

RAM AIR TURBINE (RAT)

C
NOTE:
ALWAYS KEEP THE WARNING FLAG
OUT OF THE RAT FAIRING HAND HOLE.

L_AC_050404_1_0050101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Ram Air Turbine Retracted
FIGURE-5-4-4-991-005-A01

5-4-4

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

531KL
Z531

A
531KR

RAM AIR TURBINE (RAT)

1.65 m
(5.41 ft)
GROUND

B
FWD
L_AC_050404_1_0060101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Ram Air Turbine Extended
FIGURE-5-4-4-991-006-A01

5-4-4

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-5

Oxygen System

**ON A/C A380-800


Oxygen System
1.

Oxygen System
ACCESS
Access Panels: 132AJW
132EJW

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE MEAN HEIGHT
FROM
AFT OF NOSE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
GROUND
13.32 m
2.23 m
3.25 m
(43.70 ft)
(7.32 ft)
(10.66 ft)

A.

Access:
Get access to the forward lower-deck cargo-compartment.
The access panel to the crew oxygen servicing point is located on the rear triangular area of the
FWD cargo door.

B.

Technical Specifications:
- MIL-DTL-7891 standard service connection
- Zero, one or two service connections (external charging in the FWD cargo compartment).

5-4-5

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


Z130

FR34
FR29

FR17

B
PASSENGER
OXYGEN
FILLING POINT

A
CREW OXYGEN
FILLING POINT

FR29

B
L_AC_050405_1_0020101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Oxygen System
FIGURE-5-4-5-991-002-A01

5-4-5

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-6

Fuel System

**ON A/C A380-800


Fuel System
1.

Refuel/Defuel Control Panel


ACCESS

Refuel/Defuel Control
Panel
Access Door 199KB
2.

AFT OF NOSE
48 m
(157.48 ft)

0.68 m
(2.23 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
1.98 m
(6.50 ft)

Refuel/Defuel Connectors
ACCESS

AFT OF NOSE

Refuel/Defuel Coupling
Access
522GB
31.89 m
Door:
(LH)
(104.63 ft)
622GB
(RH)

3.

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
17.97 m
(58.96 ft)

A.

Refuel/Defuel couplings:
- Four standard 2.5 in. ISO 45 connections.

B.

Refuel pressure:
- Maximum pressure: 50 psi (3.45 bar).

17.97 m
(58.96 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
5.94 m
(19.49 ft)

Overpressure Protector and NACA Flame Arrestor


ACCESS

Overpressure Protector
(Wing)
Access
550CB (LH)
Panel:
650CB (RH)
NACA Flame Arrestor
(Wing)
Access
550BB (LH)
Panel:
650BB (RH)

AFT OF NOSE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND

46.65 m
(153.05 ft)

36.75 m
(120.57 ft)

36.75 m
(120.57 ft)

7.51 m
(24.64 ft)

46.33 m
(152.00 ft)

35.98 m
(118.04 ft)

35.98 m
(118.04 ft)

7.44 m
(24.41 ft)

5-4-6

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

ACCESS
Overpressure Protector
(Trim Tank)
Access Panel 344AB
NACA Flame Arrestor
(Trim Tank)
Access Panel 344AB

AFT OF NOSE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND

62.75 m
(205.87 ft)

5.19 m
(17.03 ft)

7.68 m
(25.20 ft)

63.97 m
(209.88 ft)

4.64 m
(15.22 ft)

7.55 m
(24.77 ft)

5-4-6

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z190

A
B

SHUTOFF
TEST

POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY
L OUTR

FEED 1

FEED 2

FEED 3

FEED 4

R OUTR

OPEN
NORMAL
SHUT

FAULT

OVERFLOW

HI LVL
L OUTR

FEED 1

FEED 2

FEED 3

FEED 4

ACTUAL (FOB)

R OUTR

kg

L MID

L INR

TRIM

R INR

PRESELECT (PFQ)

R MID

STATUS

HI LVL

OPEN

L MID

L INR

TRIM

R INR

R MID

SHUT

REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVES

MAN
REFUEL

OFF

INCREASE

AUTO
REFUEL

APU EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN

DEFUEL
DECREASE

XFR

MODE SELECT

PRESELECT

42QU

L_AC_050406_1_0010101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Refuel/Defuel Control Panel
FIGURE-5-4-6-991-001-A01

5-4-6

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z500

B
A

Z600

LH SIDE SHOWN
RH SIDE SYMETRICAL

REFUEL / DEFUEL COUPLINGS

REFUEL PRESSURE

B
L_AC_050406_1_0020101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Pressure Refuel Connections
FIGURE-5-4-6-991-002-A01

5-4-6

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

550CB
(650CB)

550BB
(650BB)

C
B

FWD

LH SIDE SHOWN
RH SIDE SYMMETRICAL

NACA FLAME ARRESTOR

OVERPRESSURE PROTECTOR

L_AC_050406_1_0030101_01_01

Ground Service Connections


Overpressure Protector and NACA Flame Arrestor - Wing
FIGURE-5-4-6-991-003-A01

5-4-6

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

RIB8
RIB9

344AB

Z344

F
W
D

OVERPRESSURE
PROTECTOR

BOTTOM SKIN

NACA INTAKE

B
L_AC_050406_1_0040101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Overpressure Protector and NACA Flame Arrestor - Trim Tank
FIGURE-5-4-6-991-004-A01

5-4-6

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-7

Pneumatic System

**ON A/C A380-800


Pneumatic System
1.

Low Pressure Connectors


ACCESS

AFT OF NOSE

21.85 m
Access Door 191GB (71.69 ft)
22.36 m
Access Door 191JB (73.36 ft)
21.85 m
Access Door 191HB (71.69 ft)
22.36 m
Access Door 191KB (73.36 ft)
A.

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
1.76 m
(5.77 ft)
1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
1.76 m
(5.77 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
2.08 m
(6.82 ft)
2.08 m
(6.82 ft)
2.08 m
(6.82 ft)
2.08 m
(6.82 ft)

Connectors:
(1) Four standard 8 in. SAE AS4262 type B connections.

2.

High Pressure Connectors


ACCESS

AFT OF NOSE

25.37 m
Access Door 193BB (83.23 ft)
A.

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
0.2 m
(0.66 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
1.78 m
(5.84 ft)

Connectors:
(1) Three standard 3 in. ISO 2026 connections.

5-4-7

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z190

A
B

LOW PRESSURE AIR CONNECTOR

B
L_AC_050407_1_0010101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Low Pressure Preconditioned Air
FIGURE-5-4-7-991-001-A01

5-4-7

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z190

HIGH PRESSURE AIR CONNECTORS

L_AC_050407_1_0020101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


High Pressure Preconditioned Air
FIGURE-5-4-7-991-002-A01

5-4-7

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-8

Oil System

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Oil Servicing
1.

Engine Oil Servicing (TRENT 900 Engines)

ACCESS

AFT OF NOSE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE
LH SIDE

32.65 m
(107.12 ft)
24.98 m
(81.96 ft)
24.98 m
(81.96 ft)
32.65 m
(107.12 ft)

Engine 1:
Access Door 416BR
Engine 2:
Access Door 426BR
Engine 3:
Access Door 436BR
Engine 4:
Access Door 446BR
2.

RH SIDE

23.58 m
(77.36 ft)
12.74 m
(41.80 ft)
16.61 m
(54.49 ft)
27.45 m
(90.06 ft)

MEAN
HEIGHT
FROM
GROUND
4.24 m
(13.91 ft)
3.08 m
(10.10 ft)
3.08 m
(10.10 ft)
4.24 m
(13.91 ft)

Engine Oil Servicing (GP7200 Engines)

ACCESS

AFT OF NOSE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE
LH SIDE

Engine 1:
Access Door
Engine 2:
Access Door
Engine 3:
Access Door
Engine 4:
Access Door

415CL
425CL
435CL
445CL

33.03 m
(108.37 ft)
25.35 m
(83.17 ft)
25.35 m
(83.17 ft)
33.03 m
(108.37 ft)

RH SIDE

27.42 m
(89.96 ft)
16.62 m
(54.53 ft)
12.78 m
(41.93 ft)
23.62 m
(77.49 ft)

5-4-8

MEAN
HEIGHT
FROM
GROUND
4.40 m
(14.44 ft)
3.13 m
(10.27 ft)
3.13 m
(10.27 ft)
4.40 m
(14.44 ft)

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
L_AC_050408_1_0060101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Engine Oil Servicing - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-006-A01

5-4-8

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FWD

"T" HANDLE

OIL TANK
FILLER CAP

E00236 (1007)
PW V

PIN
ENGAGEMENT

OIL TANK
SIGHT GAGE

A
L_AC_050408_1_0070101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Engine Oil Servicing - GP7200 Engines
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-007-A01

5-4-8

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


VFG Oil Servicing
1.

VFG Oil Servicing (TRENT 900 Engines)


ACCESS
Engine 1
Access Door:
415AL
Engine 2
Access Door:
425AL
Engine 3
Access Door:
435AL
Engine 4
Access Door:
445AL

AFT OF NOSE
33.17 m
(108.83 ft)
25.57 m
(83.89 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
26.14 m
(85.76 ft)
15.31 m
(50.23 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
2.56 m
(8.40 ft)
1.33 m
(4.36 ft)

25.57 m
(83.89 ft)

13.93 m
(45.70 ft)

1.33 m
(4.36 ft)

33.17 m
(108.83 ft)

24.90 m
(81.69 ft)

2.56 m
(8.40 ft)

For VFG oil servicing (TRENT 900 Engines), open:


- Left Fan Exhaust Cowl.
2.

VFG Oil Servicing (GP7200 Engines)


ACCESS

Engine 1
Access Doors:
415AL and 417AL
Engine 2
Access Doors:
425AL and 427AL
Engine 3
Access Doors:
435AL and 437AL
Engine 4
Access Doors:
445AL and 447AL

AFT OF NOSE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND

34.49 m
(113.16 ft)

25.43 m
(83.43 ft)

2.63 m
(8.63 ft)

26.81 m
(87.96 ft)

14.63 m
(48.00 ft)

1.36 m
(4.46 ft)

26.81 m
(87.96 ft)

14.63 m
(48.00 ft)

1.36 m
(4.46 ft)

34.49 m
(113.16 ft)

25.43 m
(83.43 ft)

2.63 m
(8.63 ft)

For VFG oil servicing (GP7200 Engines), open:


- Left Fan Exhaust Cowl
- Left Thrust Reverser Cowl.

5-4-8

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
B

PRESSURE FILL
VALVE

CASE DRAIN
PLUG

VFG
OIL LEVEL

OVERFLOW
DRAIN VALVE

L_AC_050408_1_0080101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


VFG Oil Servicing - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-008-A01

5-4-8

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


VFG

CASE DRAIN
PLUG

OIL LEVEL

OVERFLOW
DRAIN VALVE

PRESSURE
FILL VALVE

C
L_AC_050408_1_0090101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


VFG Oil Servicing - GP7200 Engines
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-009-A01

5-4-8

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


Starter Oil Servicing
1.

Starter Oil Servicing (TRENT 900 Engines)


ACCESS

Engine 1
Engine 2
Engine 3
Engine 4

2.

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
25.78 m
(84.57 ft)
14.94 m
(49.01 ft)
14.42 m
(47.30 ft)
25.25 m
(82.84 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
2.59 m
(8.49 ft)
1.39 m
(4.56 ft)
1.39 m
(4.56 ft)
2.59 m
(8.49 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
27.34 m
(89.70 ft)
16.55 m
(54.30 ft)
12.71 m
(41.70 ft)
23.53 m
(77.20 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
3.35 m
(10.99 ft)
2.47 m
(8.10 ft)
2.47 m
(8.10 ft)
3.35 m
(10.99 ft)

AFT OF NOSE
39.78 m
(130.51 ft)
32.15 m
(105.49 ft)
32.15 m
(105.49 ft)
39.78 m
(130.51 ft)

Starter Oil Servicing (GP7200 Engines)


ACCESS

Engine 1
Engine 2
Engine 3
Engine 4

AFT OF NOSE
40.42 m
(132.61 ft)
32.74 m
(107.41 ft)
32.74 m
(107.41 ft)
40.42 m
(132.61 ft)

For access to Starter Oil Servicing, open Fan Cowl.

5-4-8

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

OIL FILL PLUG

OILSIGHT
GLASS

A
L_AC_050408_1_0100101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Starter Oil Servicing - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-010-A01

5-4-8

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

PNEUMATIC STARTER
5000ES

STARTER CONTROL VALVE


4005KS

VBAND
CLAMP
AND QAD
ADAPTER

FILL
PORT

E00549 (0308)
PW V

MAGNETIC
CHIP
DETECTOR

A
L_AC_050408_1_0110101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Starter Oil Servicing - GP7200 Engines
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-011-A01

5-4-8

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


APU Oil Servicing
1.

APU Oil Servicing


ACCESS

Access Doors:
315AL, 315AR
A.

AFT OF NOSE
67.55 m
(221.62 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
0.44 m
(1.44 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
6.83 m
(22.41 ft)

Capacity:
- 18.13 l (4.79 US gal).

5-4-8

Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


B

Z310

FWD

FILL CAP

FR117

FR112

FULL MARK

B
VISUAL SIGHTGLASS

C
L_AC_050408_1_0120101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


APU Oil Servicing
FIGURE-5-4-8-991-012-A01

5-4-8

Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-9

Potable Water System

**ON A/C A380-800


Potable Water System
1.

Potable Water System


This section provides data related to the location of the ground service connections.

ACCESS

AFT OF NOSE

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE
LH SIDE

Potable Water Ground Service Panel:


Access Door 199NB
Potable Water Drain Panel:
Access Door 133BL

43.67 m
(143.27 ft)
9.83 m
(32.25 ft)

RH SIDE
0.37 m
(1.21 ft)
0.30 m
(0.98 ft)

MEAN
HEIGHT
FROM
GROUND
2.13 m
(6.99 ft)
2.74 m
(8.99 ft)

NOTE : Distances are approximate.


A.

Connections
Fill and drain port - ISO 17775, 3/4 in.

B.

Capacity:
(1) Total Capacity
- Standard configuration (six tanks): 1700 l (449 US gal)
- Optional configuration (seven tanks): 1998 l (528 US gal)
- Optional configuration (eight tanks): 2267 l (599 US gal).

C.

Filling Pressure:
(1) Max Filling Pressure: 8.6 bar (125 psi).

5-4-9

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FR76

Z190

199NB

LWL PRE

80

100

/0

50

0
PRESS UP OR DOWN TO PRESET
DOWN

PRESET WATER

UP

MENU
SELECT

DRAIN

FILL

FILL/DRAIN PORT

NORMAL

B
FWD
L_AC_050409_1_0160101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Potable Water Ground Service Panel
FIGURE-5-4-9-991-016-A01

5-4-9

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FR23

Z130

A
FR24

DRAIN VALVE
CONTROL HANDLE

DRAIN PORT

B
ACCESS DOOR
133BL
L_AC_050409_1_0170101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Potable Water Drain Panel
FIGURE-5-4-9-991-017-A01

5-4-9

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z140
OPTIONAL

FR55
FR57
FR59

OPTIONAL

POTABLE WATER TANKS


(STANDARD: 6 TANKS,
OPTION: 7 OR 8 TANKS)

L_AC_050409_1_0180101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Potable Water Tanks Location
FIGURE-5-4-9-991-018-A01

5-4-9

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-10

Vacuum Toilet System

**ON A/C A380-800


Waste Water System
1.

Waste Water System


This section provides data related to the location of the ground service connections.
ACCESS

Waste Water Ground


Service Panel:
Access door 171AL

AFT OF NOSE
53.31 m
(174.90 ft)

DISTANCES
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
0.26 m
(0.85 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
3.40 m
(11.15 ft)

NOTE : Distances are approximate.


2.

Technical Specifications
A.

Connectors
(1) Waste water drain-connection - ISO 17775, 4 in.
(2) Waste water rinse/fill port - ISO 17775, 1 in.

B.

Capacity
There are four waste tanks, two upper deck tanks and two main deck tanks, see FIGURE
5-4-10-991-003-A.
(1) Upper Deck Waste Tanks
- Two tanks (373 l (99 US gal) each).
Each tank is precharged with 35 l (9 US gal) of chemical fluid.
(2) Main Deck Waste Tanks
- Two tanks (675 l (178 US gal) each).
Each tank is precharged with 35 l (9 US gal) of chemical fluid.
(3) Total Waste Tank Capacity
- 2096 l (554 US gal).

C.

Pressure
Maximum pressure for rinsing and precharge to the rinse/fill port is 3.45 bar (50 psi).

5-4-10

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

Z160

FR86

FR91

A
WASTE DRAIN
CONNECTION

FILL AND RINSE


CONNECTION

CONTROL
LEVER

WASTE TANK DRAIN VALVE


OPEN

UPPER
DECK
RH

LH

MAIN
DECK
RH

LH

CLOSE

FWD

L_AC_050410_1_0010101_01_00

Ground Service Connections


Waste Water Ground Service Panel
FIGURE-5-4-10-991-001-A01

5-4-10

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

A
Z170

WASTE TANK
(STANDARD: 4 TANKS)

FR95

FR94

FR93

FR92

FR91

A
L_AC_050410_1_0030101_01_01

Ground Service Connections


Waste Tanks Location
FIGURE-5-4-10-991-003-A01

5-4-10

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-4-11

Cargo Control Panels

**ON A/C A380-800


Cargo Control Panels
1.

Cargo Control Panels


ACCESS

FWD CLS* Panel:


Access Door 132AR
FWD Cargo Door
Panel:
Access Door 132BR
AFT CLS* Panel:
Access Door 152AR
AFT Cargo Door
Panel:
Access Door 199DR

AFT OF NOSE
9.83 m
(32.25 ft)

DISTANCE
FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE
LH SIDE
RH SIDE
3.08 m
(10.10 ft)

MEAN HEIGHT
FROM GROUND
4.40 m
(14.44 ft)

9.85 m
(32.32 ft)

2.42 m
(7.94 ft)

3.40 m
(11.15 ft)

46.32 m
(151.97 ft)

3.11 m
(10.20 ft)

4.38 m
(14.37 ft)

45.67 m
(149.84 ft)

2.45 m
(8.04 ft)

3.08 m
(10.10 ft)

NOTE : * CLS - CARGO LOADING SYSTEMS

5-4-11

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


FWD CARGO DOOR

Z130

SYST ON LAMP

FR23
FR24

INDICATOR LIGHT
"CARGO DOOR FULLY
OPEN AND ARRESTED"

JOYSTICK

132BR

132AR

PWR ON/OFF SWITCH

TOGGLE SWITCH
OPEN OR CLOSE
CARGO DOOR
PROTECTION
COVER

OUTSIDE CARGO LOADING


SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

MANUAL
OPERATING DEVICE

C
CARGO DOOR CONTROL PANEL
L_AC_050411_1_0010101_01_00

Forward Cargo Control Panels


FIGURE-5-4-11-991-001-A01

5-4-11

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


FR79

Z190

FR80
FR81

B
Z150

C
AFT CARGO DOOR

SYST ON LAMP

JOYSTICK

INDICATOR LIGHT
"CARGO DOOR FULLY
OPEN AND ARRESTED"

MANUAL OPERATING
DEVICE
199DR

152AR

PWR ON/OFF SWITCH


TOGGLE SWITCH
OPEN OR CLOSE
CARGO DOOR

B
OUTSIDE CARGO LOADING
SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

PROTECTION
COVER

CARGO DOOR CONTROL PANEL


L_AC_050411_1_0020101_01_00

Aft Cargo Control Panels


FIGURE-5-4-11-991-002-A01

5-4-11

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-5-0

Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements
1.

The purpose of this section is to provide the air data at the aircraft connection, needed to start the
engine within no more than 90 seconds, at sea level (0 ft), for a set of Outside Air Temperatures
(OAT).
ABBREVIATION

A/C
ASU
HPGC
OAT

DEFINITION
Aircraft
Air Start Unit
High Pressure Ground Connection
Outside Air Temperature

A.

Air data (discharge temperature, absolute discharge pressure) are given at the HPGC.

B.

For the requirements below, the configuration with two HPGC is used. Using more than two
connectors (for a given mass flow rate and discharge pressure from the ASU) will lower the
pressure loss in the ducts of the bleed system and therefore increase the performances at the
engine starter.

C.

For a given OAT the following charts are used to determine an acceptable combination for air
data: discharge temperature, absolute discharge pressure and mass flow rate at the HPGC.

D.

This section addresses requirements for the ASU only, and is not representative of the start
performance of the aircraft using the APU or engine cross bleed procedure.

E.

To protect the A/C, the charts feature, if necessary:


- The maximum discharge pressure at the HPGC
- The maximum discharge temperature at the HPGC.

5-5-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


ENGINE ALLIANCE GP 7200/SEA LEVEL
STARTING TIME: LESS THAN 90 s
AIR DATA AT AIRCRAFT CONNECTION (TWO CONNECTORS)

140

AIRFLOW (kg/min)

250

120

230

110

210

100

190

90

170

80
70

150
40

45
50
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (psia)

60
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (psia)

AIRFLOW (lb/min)

270

130

55

58
56
54
52
50
48
46
44
42
40
45

35
40

25
20

15
5
5
15
25
35
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OAT ( C)
20
40
60
80
0
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OAT ( F)

100

45

55
120

ASU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE:


60 C (140 F)
135 C (275 F)
265 C (509 F) MAX.

EXAMPLE:
FOR AN OAT OF 15 C (59 F) AND AN ASU PROVIDING A DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE OF 135 C (275 F)
AT HPGC:
THE REQUIRED PRESSURE AT HPGC IS 42.8 psia
THE REQUIRED AIRFLOW AT A/C CONNECTION IS 96 kg/min.
NOTE:
IN CASE THE ACTUAL DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE OF THE ASU DIFFERS SUBSTANTIALLY FROM THE
ONES GIVEN IN THE CHARTS, A SIMPLE INTERPOLATION (LINEAR) IS SUFFICIENT TO DETERMINE THE
REQUIRED AIR DATA.
EXAMPLE:
FOR AN OAT OF 15 C (59 F) AND AN ASU PROVIDING A DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE OF 195 C (383 F)
AT HPGC, INTERPOLATING BETWEEN THE LINES 135 C (275 F) AND 265 C (509 F) RESULTS IN:
A REQUIRED PRESSURE AT HPGC OF 41.8 psia
A REQUIRED AIRFLOW AT A/C CONNECTION OF 88 kg/min.
L_AC_050500_1_0030101_01_02

Example for Use of the Charts


FIGURE-5-5-0-991-003-A01

5-5-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


ENGINE ALLIANCE GP 7200/SEA LEVEL
STARTING TIME: LESS THAN 90 s
AIR DATA AT AIRCRAFT CONNECTION (TWO CONNECTORS)

140

270
250

120

230

110

210

100

190

90

170

80
70

AIRFLOW (lb/min)

AIRFLOW (kg/min)

130

150
45
50
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (psia)

40

55

60

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (psia)

58
56
54
52
50
48
46
44
42
40

5
15
25
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OAT ( C)
0

20
40
60
80
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OAT ( F)

ASU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE:


60 C (140 F)
135 C (275 F)
265 C (509 F) MAX.

35

100

45

55

120

L_AC_050500_1_0040101_01_01

Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements


Engine Alliance - GP 7200
FIGURE-5-5-0-991-004-A01

5-5-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


ROLLS ROYCE TRENT 900/SEA LEVEL
STARTING TIME: LESS THAN 90 s
AIR DATA AT AIRCRAFT CONNECTION (TWO CONNECTORS)

160

290
280

140

270

130

250

120

230

110

210

100

190

90
80

AIRFLOW (lb/min)

AIRFLOW (kg/min)

150

170
40

45

50
55
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (psia)

60

5
15
25
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OAT ( C)

35

65

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (psia)

65

60

55

50

45

40

20
40
60
80
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OAT ( F)

ASU DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE:


55 C (131 F)
130 C (266 F)
255 C (491 F) MAX.

100

45

55

120

L_AC_050500_1_0050101_01_01

Engine Starting Pneumatic Requirements


Rolls Royce - Trent 900 Engine
FIGURE-5-5-0-991-005-A01

5-5-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-6-0

Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements

**ON A/C A380-800


Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements
1.

General
This section describes the required performance for the ground equipment to maintain the cabin
temperature at 27 C (80.6 F) after boarding (Section 5.7 - steady state), and provides the time
needed to cool down or heat up the aircraft cabin to the required temperature (Section 5.6 - dynamic
cases with aircraft empty).
ABBREVIATION
A/C
AHM
AMM
GC
GSE
IFE
LPGC
OAT
PCA
A.

DEFINITION
Aircraft
Aircraft Handling Manual
Aircraft Maintenance Manual
Ground Connection
Ground Service Equipment
In-Flight Entertainment
Low Pressure Ground Connection
Outside Air Temperature
Pre-Conditioned Air

The air flow rates and temperature requirements for the GSE, provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7,
are given at A/C ground connection.
NOTE : The cooling capacity of the equipment (kW) is only indicative and is not sufficient by
itself to ensure the performance (outlet temperature and flow rate combinations are
the requirements needed for ground power).
An example of cooling capacity calculation is given in Section 5.7.

B.

The air flow rates and temperature requirements for the GSE are given for the A/C in the
configuration 4 LP ducts connected.
NOTE : The maximum air flow is driven by pressure limitation at LPGC.

C.

2.

For temperatures at ground connection below +2 C (+35.6 F) (Subfreezing), the ground


equipment shall be compliant with the Airbus document Subfreezing PCA Carts - Compliance
Document for Suppliers (contact Airbus to obtain this document) defining all the requirements
with which Subfreezing Pre-Conditioning Air equipment must comply to allow its use on Airbus
aircraft. These requirements are in addition to the functional specifications included in the IATA
AHM997.

Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements


This section provides the ground pneumatic power requirements for:

5-6-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

Heating (pull up) the cabin, initially at OAT, up to 21 C (69.8 F) (see FIGURE
5-6-0-991-001-A)
Cooling (pull down) the cabin, initially at OAT, down to 27 C (80.6 F) (see FIGURE
5-6-0-991-002-A).

5-6-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

PULL UP PERFORMANCE
7
15
MAXIMUM AIR FLOW

14

AIR FLOW AT GC (kg/s)

13

5.5

12

11

4.5

10
9

AIR FLOW AT GC (lb/s)

6.5

3.5

3
0

20

40

60

80

100

120

TIME TO HEAT CABIN TO +21 C (+69.8 F) ON GROUND (min)

OAT ISA 38 C (36.4 F); GC OUTLET +70 C (+158 F); EMPTY CABIN; IFE OFF;
NO SOLAR LOAD; LIGHTS ON; RECIRCULATION FANS ON

L_AC_050600_1_0010101_01_00

Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements


Heating
FIGURE-5-6-0-991-001-A01

5-6-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

PULL DOWN PERFORMANCE


7

MAXIMUM AIR FLOW


14

5
10
4
8
3

AIR FLOW AT GC (lb/s)

AIR FLOW AT GC (kg/s)

12

0
0

20

40

60

80

100

0
120

TIME TO COOL CABIN TO +27 C (+80.6 F) ON GROUND (min)

OAT ISA +23 C (+73.4 F); GC OUTLET +2 C (+35.6 F); EMPTY CABIN; IFE OFF;
SOLAR LOAD; LIGHTS ON; RECIRCULATION FANS ON
OAT ISA +23 C (+73.4 F); GC OUTLET 10 C (+14 F); EMPTY CABIN; IFE OFF;
SOLAR LOAD; LIGHTS ON; RECIRCULATION FANS ON

L_AC_050600_1_0020101_01_00

Ground Pneumatic Power Requirements


Cooling
FIGURE-5-6-0-991-002-A01

5-6-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-7-0

Preconditioned Airflow Requirements

**ON A/C A380-800


Preconditioned Airflow Requirements
1.

This section provides the preconditioned airflow rate and temperature needed to maintain the cabin
temperature at 27C (80.6F).
These settings are not intended to be used for operation (they are not a substitute for the settings
given in the AMM). They are based on theoretical simulations and give the picture of a real steady
state.
For the air conditioning operation, the AMM details the procedure and the preconditioned airflow
settings to maintain the cabin temperature below 27C (80.6F) during boarding (therefore it is not
a steady state).

5-7-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

6.5

15

C1

10

10

C2

20

10

40

50

INLET TEMPERATURE AT GC ( F)

30

INLET TEMPERATURE AT GC ( C)

SETTINGS NOT INTENDED


TO BE USED FOR OPERATION

C3

MAXIMUM AIRFLOW

60

15

20

70

25

80

30

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

AIRFLOW AT GC (lb/s)

5-7-0

EXAMPLE:
COOLING CAPACITY CALCULATION:
FOR THE CONDITIONS C3, THE COOLING CAPACITY OF 4 kg/s x 1 kJ/(kg. C) x [27 (13)] = 152 kW
(OR 45 TONS COOLING CAPACITY) IS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN THE CABIN TEMPERATURE AT 27 C (80.6 F)
[4 kg/s AT 13 C (8.6 F) FOR AIR AT GC INLET].

AIRFLOW AT GC (kg/s)

OAT ISA +30 C (86 F); 723 PASSENGERS AND CREW; IFE ON; LIGHTS ON; SOLAR LOAD; RECIRCULATION FANS ON
OAT ISA +23 C (73.4 F); 723 PASSENGERS AND CREW; IFE ON; LIGHTS ON; SOLAR LOAD; RECIRCULATION FANS ON
OAT ISA; 723 PASSENGERS AND CREW; IFE ON; LIGHTS ON; SOLAR LOAD; RECIRCULATION FANS ON
OAT ISA 38 C (36.4 F); EMPTY CABIN; IFE OFF; LIGHTS ON; NO SOLAR LOAD; RECIRCULATION FANS ON

3.5
20

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.3

COOLING/HEATING PERFORMANCE

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_050700_1_0010101_01_05

Preconditioned Airflow Requirements


FIGURE-5-7-0-991-001-A01

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-8-0

Ground Towing Requirements

**ON A/C A380-800


Ground Towing Requirements
1.

This section provides information on aircraft Towing.


The A380-800 is designed with means for conventional towing or towbarless towing. Information on
towbarless towing can be found in SIL 09-002 and chapter 9 of the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
It is possible to tow or push the aircraft, at maximum ramp weight with engines at zero or up to idle
thrust, using a towbar attached to the nose gear leg. The towbar fitting is installed at the front of
the leg (optional towing fitting for towing from the rear of the NLG available).
The body gears have attachment points for towing or debogging (for details refer to chapter 7 of the
Aircraft Recovery Manual).
NOTE : Information on aircraft towing procedures and corresponding aircraft limitations are given in
chapter 9 of the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
Ground Towing Requirements A380-800 Models shows the chart to determine the towbar pull and
tow tractor mass requirements as function of the following physical characteristics, see FIGURE
5-8-0-991-001-A:
- Aircraft weight,
- Slope,
- Number of engines at idle.
The chart is based on the A380-800 engine type with the highest idle thrust. The chart is therefore
valid for all A380-800 models.

2.

Towbar design guidelines


The aircraft towbar shall respect the following norms:
- SAE AS 1614, Main Line Aircraft TowBar Attach Fitting Interface,
- SAE ARP1915, Aircraft TowBar,
- ISO 8267-1, Aircraft - Towbar attachment fitting - Interface requirements - Part 1: Main line
aircraft,
- ISO 9667, Aircraft ground support equipment - Towbars,
- IATA Airport Handling Manual AHM 958, Functional Specification for an Aircraft Towbar.
A standard type towbar should be equipped with a damping system to protect the nose gear against
jerks and with towing shear pins:
- A traction shear pin calibrated at 62000 daN (139381.53 lbf),
- A torsion pin calibrated at 4800 m.daN (424778.76 lbf.in).
The towing head is designed according to SAE/AS 1614 cat. V.

5-8-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

DRAWBAR PULL [ t ]
50
BREAKAWAY RESISTANCE 4%
# OF ENGINES ON FOR PB:2
45 ENGINE THRUST 1779.3 daN

A/C WEIGHT [ t ]

40

600
560
550
500

1.5% SLOPE
2 ENGINES ON

34.4
=

CO

NC

RE

25

DR

20
15

5
0.

400
350

TE

30

450

=0
.8

35

ET

300

ET

10

HAR

5
0

W
SNO
ICE

10

20

30

40

= 0.

= 0.05

60.4
50

TRACTOR WEIGHT [ t ]

60

70

80 0

4 0

NO OF ENGINES AT IDLE

0.5

1.0

2.0

1.5

SLOPE [ % ]

EXAMPLE HOW TO DETERMINE THE MASS REQUIREMENT TO TOW A A380 AT 560 t, AT 1.5% SLOPE,
2 ENGINES AT IDLE AND FOR WET TARMAC CONDITIONS:
ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF THE GRAPH, CHOOSE THE RELEVANT AIRCRAFT WEIGHT (560 t),
FROM THIS POINT DRAW A PARALLEL LINE TO THE REQUIRED SLOPE PERCENTAGE (1.5%),
FROM THE POINT OBTAINED DRAW A STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL LINE UNTIL No. OF ENGINES AT IDLE = 4,
FROM THIS POINT DRAW A PARALLEL LINE TO THE REQUESTED NUMBER OF ENGINES (2),
FROM THIS POINT DRAW A STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL LINE TO THE DRAWBAR PULL AXIS,
THE YCOORDINATE OBTAINED IS THE NECESSARY DRAWBAR PULL FOR THE TRACTOR (34.4 t),
SEARCH THE INTERSECTION WITH THE "WET CONCRETE" LINE.
THE OBTAINED XCOORDINATE IS THE RECOMMENDED MINIMUM TRACTOR WEIGHT (60.4 t).

L_AC_050800_1_0010101_01_02

Ground Towing Requirements


FIGURE-5-8-0-991-001-A01

5-8-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

0.200 m
(7.9 in)

0.555 m
(21.85 in)

A
L_AC_050800_1_0040101_01_00

Ground Towing Requirements


Nose Gear Towing Fittings
FIGURE-5-8-0-991-004-A01

5-8-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

5-9-0

De-Icing and External Cleaning

**ON A/C A380-800


De-Icing and External Cleaning
1.

De-Icing and External Cleaning on Ground


The mobile equipment for aircraft de-icing and external cleaning must be capable of reaching heights
up to approximately 24 m (79 ft).

2.

De-Icing
Wing Top Surface
(Both Sides)

AIRCRAFT
TYPE
A380 - 800

ft2
7782

m2
723

AIRCRAFT TYPE

Fuselage Top Surface


(Top Third - 120 Arc)
ft2

m2
A380 - 800

Wingtip Devices
(Both Inside and
Outside Surfaces)
(Both Sides)
ft2
m2
10
108

497

5350

VTP
(Both Sides)

HTP Top Surface


(Both Sides)
m2
186

ft2
2002

Nacelle and Pylon


(Top Third - 120 Arc)
(All Engines)
ft2
m2
1206
112

ft2
2476

m2
230

Total De-Iced Area


ft2
18912

m2
1757

NOTE : Dimensions are approximate.


3.

External Cleaning

AIRCRAFT
TYPE

A380 - 800

Wing Top
Surface
(Both Sides)
m2
723

ft2
7782

Wing Lower
Wingtip Devices
Surface
(Both Inside and
HTP Top
Surface
(Including Flap
Outside
Track Fairing)
Surfaces)
(Both Sides)
(Both Sides)
(Both Sides)
2
2
ft
ft2
ft2
m
m2
m2
794
8547
10
108
186
2002

VTP
(Both Sides)
AIRCRAFT TYPE
ft2
m2
A380 - 800
230
2476

Fuselage and
Belly Fairing
ft2
m2
1531
16480

Nacelle and Pylon


(All Engines)
ft2
m2
373
4015

HTP Lower
Surface
(Both Sides)
m2
186

ft2
2002

Total Cleaned Area


m2
4034

ft2
43422

NOTE : Dimensions are approximate.

5-9-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

OPERATING CONDITIONS
6-1-0

Engine Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures
1.

General
This section provides the estimated engine exhaust efflux velocity and temperature contours for
Maximum Take-off, Breakaway and Idle conditions for the A380 engine.
Contours are available for both Rolls-Royces Trent 900 engine and the Engine Alliances GP7200
engine.
The Maximum Take-off data are presented at the maximum thrust rating for all the A380 engine.
The Breakaway data are presented at a rating corresponding to the minimum thrust level required to
initiate movement of an A380-800 at its maximum ramp weight from static position and on uphill
ground.
The Idle data are directly provided by the engine manufacturers.
In the charts, longitudinal distances are measured from the inboard engine core nozzle exit station,
while lateral distances are measured from the aircraft fuselage centerline.
A.

Data from Rolls-Royces Trent 900:


The estimated efflux data are presented at ISA +15C (+59F), Sea Level Static and
negligible wind conditions.
The analysis assumes that the core and bypass streams are fully mixed and calculates the jet
behaviour in free, still air and therefore does not take into account effects such as on-wing
installation, ground entrainment and ambient wind conditions.
Velocity contours are presented at 50 ft/s (15 m/s), 100 ft/s (30 m/s) and 150 ft/s (46 m/s),
while temperature contours are presented at 104 F (40C), 122F (50C) and 140F
(60C).

B.

Data from Engine Alliances GP7200:

6-1-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

The estimated efflux data are presented at ISA +15C (+59F), Sea Level Static with 20 kt
headwind. It also assumed ground plane and proximity effects. Velocity contours are presented
at 35 mph (16 m/s), 65 mph (29 m/s) and 105 mph (47 m/s), while temperature contours are
presented at 122F (50C), 212F (100C) and 392F (200C). Engine Alliance strongly
recommends that jet blast studies using their contours include the effect of a 20 kt headwind.

6-1-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-1

Engine Exhaust Velocities - Ground Idle Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Velocities - Ground Idle Power
1.

This section gives engine exhaust velocities at ground idle power.

6-1-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

ft
60

150 ft/sec
(46 m/sec)

15

100 ft/sec
(30 m/sec)

50 ft/sec
(15 m/sec)

40
10
5

20

0
ELEVATION
10

METERS 0
FEET 0

m
15
15
15

20

30

20
40

60

80

100

40
120

140

60

50
160

180

200

220

ft
60

150 ft/sec
(46 m/sec)

100 ft/sec
(30 m/sec)

50 ft/sec
(15 m/sec)

60

60

15
60
15
40
10
5

20

deh0002317

PLAN
L_AC_060101_1_0010101_01_00

Engine Exhaust Velocities


Ground Idle Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-1-991-001-A01

6-1-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FEET
(METERS)
140
(43)

105 MPH
(169 km/h)

70
(21)

65 MPH
(105 km/h)

ELEVATION

35 MPH
(56 km/h)

GROUND PLANE

FEET

FEET
(METERS)
140

150

300

0
(METERS)

(46)

(91)

105 MPH
(169 km/h)

65 MPH
(105 km/h)

35 MPH
(56 km/h)

70
(21)

CL AIRPLANE

E00224 (0207)
PW V

PLAN

NOTE:

ALL VELOCITY VALUES ARE IN STATUE MILES PER HOUR.


CONVERSION FACTOR
1 MPH = 1.6 km/h
DANGER (KEEP OUT) ZONES

35 MPH
L_AC_060101_1_0020101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Velocities


Ground Idle Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-1-991-002-A01

6-1-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-2

Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Ground Idle Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Ground Idle Power
1.

This section gives engine exhaust temperatures at ground idle power.

6-1-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


m

GROUND IDLE POWER

ft
60

140F
(60C)

15

122F
(50C)

104F
(40C)

40
10
5

20

0
ELEVATION
METERS 0
FEET 0

m
35
30
25

20

10
20

40

40

30
80

60

100

120

122F
(50C)

104F
(40C)

140

50
160

ft
120

100

140F
(60C)

80

20
60
15
40
10
5

20

deh0002316

PLAN

L_AC_060102_1_0010101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Temperatures


Ground Idle Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-2-991-001-A01

6-1-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FEET
(METERS)
105
(32)

70
(21)

392F (200C)
212F (100C)

35
(11)

122F (50C)

ELEVATION

GROUND PLANE
FEET
0

75

150

225

0
(METERS)

(23)

(46)

(69)

392F (200C)
105
(32)

212F (100C)
122F (50C)

70
(21)

35
(11)

E00226 (0207)
PW V

PLAN

CL AIRPLANE

NOTE: ALL TEMPERATURES ARE IN FAHRENHEIT (CELSIUS).

L_AC_060102_1_0020101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Temperatures


Ground Idle Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-2-991-002-A01

6-1-2

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-3

Engine Exhaust Velocities - Breakaway Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Velocities - Breakaway Power
1.

This section gives engine exhaust velocities at breakaway power.

6-1-3

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

ft
60

100 ft/sec
(30 m/sec)

150 ft/sec
(46 m/sec)

50 ft/sec
(15 m/sec)

15
10
5

40
20

0
ELEVATION
METERS 0
FEET 0
m ft
35 120

20
40

40
80

120
150 ft/sec
(46 m/sec)

160
100 ft/sec
(30 m/sec)

200

100

80

60
240

280

320

360

50 ft/sec
(15 m/sec)

30 100
25 80
20

60

15
10

40

5 20
0

deh0002319

PLAN

L_AC_060103_1_0010101_01_00

Engine Exhaust Velocities


Breakaway Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-3-991-001-A01

6-1-3

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FEET
(METERS)
140
(43)
105 MPH
(169 km/h)

65 MPH
(105 km/h)

70
(21)

ELEVATION

35 MPH
(56 km/h)

GROUND PLANE

FEET
0

150

300

450

(46)

(91)

(137)

(METERS)
FEET

105 MPH
(169 km/h)

140
(43)

65 MPH
(105 km/h)

35 MPH
(56 km/h)

70
(21)

E02200 (0207)
PW V

CL AIRPLANE

PLAN

NOTE: ALL VELOCITY VALUES ARE IN STATUE MILES PER HOUR.


CONVERSION FACTOR
1 MPH = 1.6 km/h
DANGER (KEEP OUT) ZONES

35 MPH
L_AC_060103_1_0020101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Velocities


Breakaway Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-3-991-002-A01

6-1-3

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-4

Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Breakaway Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Breakaway Power
1.

This section gives engine exhaust temperatures at breakaway power.

6-1-4

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

BREAKAWAY POWER
(11% MAX TAKEOFF THRUST)

ft
60

140F 122F 104F


(60C) (50C) (40C)

15
40
10

20

0
ELEVATION

m
35

METERS

FEET

20

10
20

40

60

80

100

40

50
140

120

160

180

ft
120
140F 122F
(60C) (50C)

30 100

25

30

104F
(40C)

80

20
60
15
40
10

20

deh0002318

PLAN

L_AC_060104_1_0010101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Temperatures


Breakaway Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-4-991-001-A01

6-1-4

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

E02201 (0805)
PW V

FEET
(METERS)

392F (200C)

105
(32)

212F (100C)
122F (50C)

70
(21)

35
(11)

ELEVATION

GROUND PLANE
FEET
0

75

150

225

0
(METERS)

(23)

(46)

(69)

392F (200C)

105
(32)

212F (100C)

70
(21)

122F (50C)

35
(11)

0
PLAN

CL AIRPLANE

NOTE : ALL TEMPERATURES ARE IN FAHRENHEIT (CELSIUS).

L_AC_060104_1_0020101_01_00

Engine Exhaust Temperatures


Breakaway Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-4-991-002-A01

6-1-4

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-5

Engine Exhaust Velocities - Max Take-off Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Velocities - Max Take-off Power
1.

This section gives engine exhaust velocities at max take-off power.

6-1-5

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

m
20
10

150 ft/sec
(46 m/sec)

ft
80

100 ft/sec
(30 m/sec)

TO
1800 ft
(540 m)

50 ft/sec
(15 m/sec)

40

0
ELEVATION
METERS 0
FEET

m
ft
60 160
40
120
30
80
20
10 40

20

40
100

60
200

80

100
300

150 ft/sec
(46 m/sec)

120

140

400

160

600

500

100 ft/sec
(30 m/sec)

200

180

220
700

50 ft/sec
(15 m/sec)

240
800

TO
1800 ft
(540 m)

deh0002315

PLAN

L_AC_060105_1_0010101_01_00

Engine Exhaust Velocities


Max. Take-Off Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-5-991-001-A01

6-1-5

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

105 MPH
OUT TO
724 ft
(221 m)

FEET
(METERS)
140
(43)

65 MPH
OUT TO
1090 ft
(332 m)

35 MPH
OUT TO
1553 ft
(473 m)

70
(21)
0

ELEVATION
FEET

GROUND PLANE

150

300

450

600

0
(METERS)

(46)

(91)

(137)

(183)

105 MPH
OUT TO
724 ft
(221 m)

FEET
(METERS)

65 MPH
OUT TO
1090 ft
(332 m)

35 MPH
OUT TO
1553 ft
(473 m)

140
(43)
70
(21)

E00225 (0207)
PW V

CL AIRPLANE

PLAN

NOTE: ALL VELOCITY VALUES ARE IN STATUE MILES PER HOUR.


CONVERSION FACTOR
1 MPH = 1.6 km/h
DANGER (KEEP OUT) ZONES

35 MPH
L_AC_060105_1_0020101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Velocities


Max. Take-Off Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-5-991-002-A01

6-1-5

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-1-6

Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Max Take-off Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Engine Exhaust Temperatures - Max Take-off Power
1.

This section gives engine exhaust temperatures at max take-off power.

6-1-6

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

MAX TAKEOFF POWER

ft
60

m
15

140F
(60 C)

104F
(40 C)

122F
(50 C)

TO
540 ft
(162 m)

40

10

20

5
0

ELEVATION
METERS 0
FEET 0

ft
35 120
m

40

20
40

80

120

60
200

160
140F
(60 C)

240

122F
(50 C)

104F
(40 C)

120

100

80
280

320

360

400

TO
540 ft
(162 m)

30 100
25
20
15
10
5

80
60
40
20

deh0002314

PLAN

L_AC_060106_1_0010101_01_01

Engine Exhaust Temperatures


Max Take-Off Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-6-991-001-A01

6-1-6

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

E00227 (0704)
PW V
FEET
(METERS)
105
(32)

392F (200C)
212F (100C)

70
(21)

122F (50C)

35
(11)
0

ELEVATION
FEET
0
0
(METERS)

GROUND PLANE
75

150

225

(23)

(46)

(69)

392F (200C)

212F (100C)

105
(32)

122F (50C)

70
(21)
35
(11)

PLAN

CL AIRPLANE

NOTE : ALL TEMPERATURES ARE IN FAHRENHEIT (CELSIUS).


L_AC_060106_1_0020101_01_00

Engine Exhaust Temperatures


Max Take-Off Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-1-6-991-002-A01

6-1-6

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-3-0

Danger Areas of the Engines

**ON A/C A380-800


Danger Areas of the Engines
1.

Danger Areas of the Engines


The intake suction danger areas, which are plotted in this chapter, correspond to very low suction
velocities in order to prevent very low density objects (hat, handkerchief) from ingestion by engines.
The primary aim of those danger areas is to protect the people working around the engines.
The A380 outer engines are high enough above ground to prevent the ingestion of typical loose
objects, which can be found on ground at the edge of runways/taxiways paved areas (loose gravels
for example), in the following conditions:
- at usual taxiway thrust (i.e. up to the breakaway power setting), even if the loose objects are
below the A380 outer engines.
- at usual take-off thrust (i.e. up to the maximum take-off power setting), if the loose objects are
beyond 3 meters from the A380 outer engines centreline.

6-3-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-3-1

Danger Areas of the Engines - Ground Idle Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Danger Areas of the Engines - Ground Idle Power
1.

This section gives danger areas of the engines at ground idle power conditions.

6-3-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

4.5 m
(15 ft)
1.3 m
(4 ft 3 in)

30
TO 70 m (230 ft) AFT OF EXHAUST NOZZLES

deh0001513

INTAKE SUCTION DANGER AREA MINIMUM IDLE POWER


EXHAUST DANGER AREA
ENTRY CORRIDOR

L_AC_060301_1_0010101_01_00

Danger Areas of the Engines


Ground Idle Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-3-1-991-001-A01

6-3-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

15 ft
(4.6 m)

5 ft
(1.5 m)
A

33

E02197 (0207)
PW V

AREA A INTAKE SUCTION DANGER AREA


AREA B ENTRY CORRIDOR
AREA C EXHAUST DANGER AREA (AFT OF EXHAUST NOZZLE)
277 ft (84 m) GROUND IDLE (20 kt HEADWIND)
L_AC_060301_1_0020101_01_01

Danger Areas of the Engines


Ground Idle Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-3-1-991-002-A01

6-3-1

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-3-2

Danger Areas of the Engines - Max. Take-Off Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Danger Areas of the Engines - Max. Take-Off Power
1.

This section gives danger areas of the engines at max take-off power conditions.

6-3-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

8.9 m
(29 ft)

30
TO 548.6 m (1800 ft) AFT OF EXHAUST NOZZLES

deh0001515

INTAKE SUCTION DANGER AREA MAX TAKEOFF POWER


EXHAUST DANGER AREA
L_AC_060302_1_0010101_01_00

Danger Areas of the Engines


Max Take-Off Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-3-2-991-001-A01

6-3-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

32 ft
(9.8 m)

11 ft
(3.4 m)

41

E02199 (0207)
PW V

AREA A INTAKE SUCTION DANGER AREA


AREA B ENTRY CORRIDOR
AREA C EXHAUST DANGER AREA (AFT OF EXHAUST NOZZLE)
1553 ft (473 m) MAXIMUM TAKEOFF (20 kt HEADWIND)

L_AC_060302_1_0020101_01_01

Danger Areas of the Engines


Max Take-Off Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-3-2-991-002-A01

6-3-2

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-3-3

Danger Areas of the Engines - Breakaway Power

**ON A/C A380-800


Danger Areas of the Engines - Breakaway Power
1.

This section gives danger areas of the engines at breakaway power.

6-3-3

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

6.0 m
4 ENGINE BREAKAWAY (20 ft)

30
TO 123.4 m (405 ft) AFT OF EXHAUST NOZZLES

deh0001514

INTAKE SUCTION DANGER AREA BREAKAWAY POWER


EXHAUST DANGER AREA
L_AC_060303_1_0010101_01_00

Danger Areas of the Engines


Breakaway Power - TRENT 900 Engines
FIGURE-6-3-3-991-001-A01

6-3-3

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

20 ft
(6.10 m)

6.5 ft
(1.98 m)
A

38

E02198 (0207)
PW V

AREA A INTAKE SUCTION DANGER AREA


AREA B ENTRY CORRIDOR
AREA C EXHAUST DANGER AREA (AFT OF EXHAUST NOZZLE)
415 ft (126 m) BREAKAWAY (20 kt HEADWIND)

L_AC_060303_1_0020101_01_01

Danger Areas of the Engines


Breakaway Power - GP 7200 Engines
FIGURE-6-3-3-991-002-A01

6-3-3

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-4-1

APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures

**ON A/C A380-800


APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - ECS Conditions
1.

This section provides APU exhaust velocities and temperatures in max. ECS conditions.

6-4-1

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

DISTANCE FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE

10

20

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

FEET
20

574 C (1065 F)
260 C (500 F)
3

10

149 C (300 F)

204 C (400 F)

93 C (200 F)

10

316 C (600 F)

METERS
6
DISTANCE FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE

30

12

15

18

21

24

27

30

80

90

100

20

DISTANCE DOWNSTREAM FROM NOZZLE


10

20

30

40

50

60

70

FEET
20

68 m/s (223 ft/s)


37 m/s (120 ft/s)
3

10

18 m/s (60 ft/s)

9 m/s (30 ft/s)


3

10

27 m/s (90 ft/s)


46 m/s (150 ft/s)
6

12

15

18

21

24

METERS
DISTANCE DOWNSTREAM FROM NOZZLE
NOTE: THE DATA GIVEN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS:
SEA LEVEL STATIC CONDITIONS
ISA + 23 C (73 F)
NO WIND

27

30

20

L_AC_060401_1_0010101_01_00

APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures


Max. ECS Conditions
FIGURE-6-4-1-991-001-A01

6-4-1

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

6-4-2

APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - MES Conditions

**ON A/C A380-800


APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures - MES Conditions
1.

This section gives the APU exhaust velocities and temperatures in MES conditions.

6-4-2

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

DISTANCE FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE

100 FEET
20

458 C (857 F)
260 C (500 F)
3

10

149 C (300 F)

93 C (200 F)

204 C (400 F)

10

316 C (600 F)
6
0

METERS

DISTANCE FROM AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE

12

15

18

21

20

24

27

30

80

90

100 FEET
20

DISTANCE DOWNSTREAM FROM NOZZLE


10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80 m/s (263 ft/s)


37 m/s (120 ft/s)
3

10

18 m/s (60 ft/s)

9 m/s (30 ft/s)


3

10

27 m/s (90 ft/s)


46 m/s (150 ft/s)
6
0

METERS

12

15

18

21

24

27

30

20

DISTANCE DOWNSTREAM FROM NOZZLE

NOTE: THE DATA GIVEN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS:


SEA LEVEL STATIC CONDITIONS
ISA + 23 C (73 F)
NO WIND
L_AC_060402_1_0010101_01_00
L_AC_060402_0_AAM0_01_00

APU Exhaust Velocities and Temperatures


MES Conditions
FIGURE-6-4-2-991-001-A01

6-4-2

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

PAVEMENT DATA
7-1-0

General Information

**ON A/C A380-800


General Information
1.

General
A brief description of the pavement charts that follow will help in airport planning.
To aid in the interpolation between the discrete values shown, each aircraft configuration is shown
with a minimum range of five loads on the Main Landing Gear (MLG).
All curves on the charts represent data at a constant specified tire pressure with:
- The aircraft loaded to the Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW),
- The CG at its maximum permissible aft position.
Pavement requirements for commercial aircraft are derived from the static analysis of loads imposed
on the MLG struts.
Landing Gear Footprint:
Section 07-02-00 presents basic data on the landing gear footprint configuration, MRW and tire sizes
and pressures.
Maximum Pavement Loads:
Section 07-03-00 shows maximum vertical and horizontal pavement loads for certain critical
conditions at the tire-ground interfaces.
Landing Gear Loading on Pavement:
Section 07-04-00 contains charts to find these loads throughout the stability limits of the aircraft at
rest on the pavement.
These MLG loads are used as the point of entry to the pavement design charts which follow,
interpolating load values where necessary.
Flexible Pavement Requirements - US Army Corps of Engineers Design Method:
Section 07-05-00 uses procedures in Instruction Report No. S-77-1 Procedures for Development of
CBR Design Curves, dated June 1977 and as modified according to the methods described in ICAO
Aerodrome Design Manual, Part 3. Pavements, 2nd Edition, 1983, Section 1.1 (The ACN-PCN
Method), and utilizing the alpha factors approved by ICAO in October 2007.
The report was prepared by the U.S. Army Corps Engineers Waterways Experiment Station, Soils
and Pavement Laboratory, Vicksburg, Mississippi.
The line showing 10 000 coverages is used to calculate the Aircraft Classification Number (ACN).

7-1-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion Method:


The flexible pavement charts in Section 07-06-00 show Load Classification Number (LCN) against
Equivalent Single Wheel Load (ESWL), and ESWL against pavement thickness.
All the LCN curves shown in the Flexible Pavement Requirements were developed from a computer
program based on data in International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) document 7920AN/865/2, Aerodrome Manual, Part 2, Aerodrome Physical Characteristics, Second Edition, 1965.
Rigid Pavement Requirements - PCA (Portland Cement Association) Design Method:
Section 07-07-00 gives the rigid pavement design curves that have been prepared with the use of the
Westergaard Equation.
This is in general accordance with the procedures outlined in the Portland Cement Association
publications, Design of Concrete Airport Pavement, 1973 and Computer Program for Airport
Pavement Design (Program PDILB), 1967 both by Robert G. Packard.
Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion:
Section 07-08-00 gives data about the rigid pavement requirements for the LCN conversion:
- For the radius of relative stiffness,
- For the radius of relative stiffness (other values of E and ).
All the LCN curves shown in Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN conversion were developed from a
computer program based on data in International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) document 7920AN/865/2, Aerodrome Manual, Part 2, Aerodrome Physical Characteristics, Second Edition, 1965.
Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion - Radius of Relative Stiffness:
The rigid pavement charts show LCN against ESWL, and ESWL against radius of relative stiffness.
Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion - Radius of Relative Stiffness (other values of E and
):
The rigid pavement charts show LCN against ESWL, and ESWL against radius of relative stiffness
affected by the other values of E and .
ACN/PCN Reporting System:
Section 07-09-00 provides ACN data prepared according to the ACN/PCN system as referenced in
ICAO Annex 14, Aerodromes, Volume 1 Aerodrome Design and Operations Fourth Edition, July
2004, incorporating Amendments 1 to 6.
The ACN/PCN system provides a standardized international aircraft/pavement rating system
replacing the various S, T, TT, LCN, AUW, ISWL, etc., rating systems used throughout the world.
ACN is the Aircraft Classification Number and PCN is the corresponding Pavement Classification
Number.
An aircraft having an ACN less than or equal to the PCN can operate without restriction on the
pavement.
Numerically the ACN is two times the derived single wheel load expressed in thousands of kilograms.
The derived single wheel load is defined as the load on a single tire inflated to 1.25 MPa (181 psi)
that would have the same pavement requirements as the aircraft.

7-1-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

Computationally the ACN/PCN system uses PCA program PDILB for rigid pavements and S-77-1 for
flexible pavements to calculate ACN values.
The Airport Authority must decide on the method of pavement analysis and the results of their
evaluation shown as follows:
PCN
PAVEMENT TYPE
SUBGRADE
TIRE PRESSURE
EVALUATION
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
METHOD
R - Rigid
A - High
W - No pressure limit
T - Technical
F - Flexible
B - Medium
X - High pressure limited U - Using Aircraft
to 1.75 MPa (254 psi)
Y - Medium pressure
C - Low
limited to 1.25 MPa (181
psi)
D - Ultra Low
Z - Low pressure limited
to 0.5 MPa (73 psi)

For flexible pavements, the four subgrade categories are:


-

A. High Strength
B. Medium Strength
C. Low Strength
D. Ultra Low Strength

CBR
CBR
CBR
CBR

15
10
6
3

For rigid pavements, the four subgrade categories are:


- A. High Strength Subgrade k
=
- B. Medium Strength Subgrade k =
- C. Low Strength Subgrade k
=
- D. Ultra Low Strength Subgrade =
k

150 MN/m3 (550 pci)


80 MN/m3 (300 pci)
40 MN/m3 (150 pci)
20 MN/m3 (75 pci)

7-1-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-2-0

Landing Gear Footprint

**ON A/C A380-800


Landing Gear Footprint
1.

This section provides data about the landing gear footprint in relation with the aircraft Maximum
Ramp Weight (MRW) and tire sizes and pressures.
The landing gear footprint information is given for all the aircraft operational weight variants.

7-2-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

1.050 m
(3.445 ft)

NOSE LANDING
GEAR

7-2-0
31.881 m
(104.596 ft)

28.605 m
(93.848 ft)

1.700 m
(5.577 ft)

12.456 m
(40.866 ft)

1.350 m
(4.429 ft)

1.530 m
(5.020 ft)

1.700 m
(5.577 ft)

WING LANDING
GEAR

1.550 m
(5.085 ft)

5.264 m
(17.270 ft)

1.530 m
(5.020 ft)

1.700 m
(5.577 ft)

BODY LANDING
GEAR

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_070200_1_0030101_01_01

Landing Gear Footprint


(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-2-0-991-003-A01

Page 2
Dec 01/14

7-2-0

WV009

512 000 kg
(1 128 775 lb)

492 000 kg
(1 084 675 lb)
577 000 kg
WV008
(1 272 075 lb)
95.1%

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

94.3%

1270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

1 400x530 R23 40PR

94.3%

575 000 kg
(1 267 650 lb)

WV006

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

95.1%

562 000 kg
(1 239 000 lb)

WV005

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14.1 bar
(205 psi)

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

95.1%

562 000 kg
(1 239 000 lb)

WV004

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

1 270x455 R22 32PR


OR 50x20 R22 34PR

95.1%

95.1%

512 000 kg
(1 128 775 lb)

WV003

WV007

94.3%

571 000 kg
(1 258 850 lb)

WV002

14 bar
(203 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

14 bar
(203 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

14 bar
(203 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

1 400x530 R23 40PR

14 bar
(203 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

14 bar
(203 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

14 bar
(203 psi)

15 bar
(218 psi)

PERCENTAGE
NOSE
WING
BODY
OF WEIGHT
NOSE GEAR
WING GEAR
BODY GEAR
WEIGHT MAXIMUM
RAMP
GEAR TIRE
GEAR TIRE
GEAR TIRE
ON MAIN
TIRE SIZE
TIRE SIZE
TIRE SIZE
VARIANT WEIGHT
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
GEAR GROUP
562 000 kg
15 bar
15 bar
1 270x455 R22 32PR 14.1 bar
95.1%
1 400x530 R23 40PR
1 400x530 R23 40PR
WV000
(1 239 000 lb)
(218 psi)
(218 psi)
OR 50x20 R22 34PR (205 psi)
14 bar
14 bar
512 000 kg
1 270x455 R22 32PR 14.1 bar
95.1%
1 400x530 R23 40PR
1 400x530 R23 40PR
WV001
(203 psi)
(203 psi)
(1 128 775 lb)
OR 50x20 R22 34PR (205 psi)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_070200_1_0030102_01_01

Landing Gear Footprint


(Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-2-0-991-003-A01

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-3-0

Maximum Pavement Loads

**ON A/C A380-800


Maximum Pavement Loads
1.

This section provides maximum vertical and horizontal pavement loads for some critical conditions at
the tire-ground interfaces.
The maximum pavement loads are given for all the operational weight variants of the aircraft.

7-3-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

7-3-0
66 730 kg
(147 125 lb)

512 000 kg 39 760 kg 35.81 %


MAC
(1 128 775 lb) (87 675 lb) (a)

WV003

NOTE:
(a) LOADS CALCULATED USING AIRCRAFT AT MRW
(b) BRAKED WING GEAR
(c) BRAKED BODY GEAR

69 850 kg
(154 000 lb)

571 000 kg 39 780 kg 37.8 %


MAC
(1 258 850 lb) (87 700 lb) (a)

WV002

66 730 kg
(147 125 lb)

512 000 kg 39 760 kg 35.81 %


MAC
(1 128 775 lb) (87 675 lb) (a)

WV001

STATIC
BRAKING
AT 10 ft/s
DECELERATION
69 430 kg
(153 075 lb)

STATIC LOAD
AT
MOST FWD CG

562 000 kg 39 830 kg 37.5 %


MAC
(1 239 000 lb) (87 800 lb) (a)

MAXIMUM
RAMP
WEIGHT

WEIGHT
VARIANT

WV000

STATIC LOAD
AT
MAX AFT CG

97 410 kg 43 % 146 110 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(214 750 lb) (a) (322 125 lb) (a)

107 720 kg 41 % 161 570 kg 41 %


MAC
MAC
(237 475 lb) (a) (356 200 lb) (a)

97 410 kg 43 % 146 110 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(214 750 lb) (a) (322 125 lb) (a)

106 920 kg 43 % 160 380 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(235 725 lb) (a) (353 575 lb) (a)

STATIC LOAD
AT
MAX AFT CG

STEADY
BRAKING
AT 10 ft/s
DECELERATION
34 930 kg (b)
(77 025 lb)
52 400 kg (c)
(115 525 lb)
31 830 kg (b)
(70 175 lb)
47 740 kg (c)
(105 250 lb)
35 490 kg (b)
(78 250 lb)
53 240 kg (c)
(117 375 lb)
31 830 kg (b)
(70 175 lb)
47 740 kg (c)
(105 250 lb)

AT
INSTANTANEOUS
BRAKING
COEFFICIENT = 0.8
85 540 kg
(b)
(188 575 lb)
128 310 kg
(c)
(282 875 lb)
77 930 kg
(b)
(171 800 lb)
116 890 kg
(c)
(257 700 lb)
86 170 kg
(b)
(189 975 lb)
129 260 kg
(c)
(284 975 lb)
77 930 kg
(b)
(171 800 lb)
116 890 kg
(c)
(257 700 lb)

V(WG) V (BG)
V(NG) MAXIMUM VERTICAL NOSE GEAR GROUND LOAD AT MOST FWD CG
V(WG) MAXIMUM VERTICAL WING GEAR GROUND LOAD AT MAX AFT CG
V(BG) MAXIMUM VERTICAL BODY GEAR GROUND LOAD AT MAX AFT CG
H
MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL GROUND LOAD FROM BRAKING
3
4
5
6
7
V(BG)
V(WG)
V (NG)
H (PER STRUT)
(PER STRUT)
(PER STRUT)

V(NG)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_070300_1_0060101_01_00

Maximum Pavement Loads


(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-3-0-991-006-A01

Page 2
Dec 01/14

7-3-0

69 430 kg
(153 075 lb)
70 340 kg
(155 075 lb)
65 610 kg
(144 650 lb)
70 590 kg
(155 625 lb)
66 690 kg
(147 025 lb)

562 000 kg 39 830 kg 37.5 %


MAC
(1 239 000 lb) (87 800 lb) (a)
575 000 kg 40 050 kg 37.8 %
MAC
(1 267 650 lb) (88 300 lb) (a)
492 000 kg 39 700 kg 35.06 %
MAC
(1 084 675 lb) (87 525 lb) (a)
577 000 kg 40 190 kg 37.8 %
MAC
(1 272 075 lb) (88 600 lb) (a)
512 000 kg 39 720 kg 35.83 %
MAC
(1 128 775 lb) (87 575 lb) (a)

WV005

WV006

WV007

WV008

NOTE:
(a) LOADS CALCULATED USING AIRCRAFT AT MRW
(b) BRAKED WING GEAR
(c) BRAKED BODY GEAR

WV009

69 430 kg
(153 075 lb)

562 000 kg 39 830 kg 37.5 %


MAC
(1 239 000 lb) (87 800 lb) (a)

STATIC
BRAKING
AT 10 ft/s
DECELERATION

WV004

STATIC LOAD
AT
MOST FWD CG

MAXIMUM
RAMP
WEIGHT

WEIGHT
VARIANT

V (NG)

STATIC LOAD
AT
MAX AFT CG

6
V(BG)
(PER STRUT)

97 410 kg 43 % 146 110 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(214 750 lb) (a) (322 125 lb) (a)

108 850 kg 41 % 163 270 kg 41 %


MAC
MAC
(239 975 lb) (a) (359 950 lb) (a)

93 600 kg 43 % 140 410 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(206 350 lb) (a) (309 550 lb) (a)

108 470 kg 41 % 162 700 kg 41 %


MAC
MAC
(239 125 lb) (a) (358 700 lb) (a)

106 920 kg 43 % 160 380 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(235 725 lb) (a) (353 575 lb) (a)

106 920 kg 43 % 160 380 kg 43 %


MAC
MAC
(235 725 lb) (a) (353 575 lb) (a)

STATIC LOAD
AT
MAX AFT CG

5
V(WG)
(PER STRUT)
STEADY
BRAKING
AT 10 ft/s
DECELERATION
34 930 kg (b)
(77 025 lb)
52 400 kg (c)
(115 525 lb)
34 930 kg (b)
(77 025 lb)
52 400 kg (c)
(115 525 lb)
35 740 kg (b)
(78 800 lb)
53 610 kg (c)
(118 200 lb)
30 580 kg (b)
(67 425 lb)
45 880kg (c)
(101 150 lb)
35 870 kg (b)
(79 075 lb)
53 800 kg (c)
(118 600 lb)
31 830 kg (b)
(70 175 lb)
47 740 kg (c)
(105 250 lb)

AT
INSTANTANEOUS
BRAKING
COEFFICIENT = 0.8
85 540 kg
(b)
(188 575 lb)
128 310 kg
(c)
(282 875 lb)
85 540 kg
(b)
(188 575 lb)
128 310 kg
(c)
(282 875 lb)
86 780 kg
(b)
(191 300 lb)
130 160 kg
(c)
(286 950 lb)
74 880 kg
(b)
(165 100 lb)
112 320 kg
(c)
(247 625 lb)
87 080 kg
(b)
(191 975 lb)
130 620 kg
(c)
(287 950 lb)
77 930 kg
(b)
(171 800 lb)
116 890 kg
(c)
(257 700 lb)

H (PER STRUT)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_070300_1_0060102_01_01

Maximum Pavement Loads


(Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-3-0-991-006-A01

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-4-0

Landing Gear Loading on Pavement

**ON A/C A380-800


Landing Gear Loading on Pavement
1.

This section gives data about landing gear loading on pavement.


The MLG loading on pavement graphs are given for the weight variants that produce (at the MRW
and max aft CG) the lowest MLG load and the highest MLG load for each type of aircraft.

2.

MLG Loading on Pavement


Example, see FIGURE 7-4-0-991-001-A (sheet 1), calculation of the total weight on the MLG for:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- The aircraft gross weight is 420 000 kg (925 950 lb).
- A percentage of weight on the MLG of 95.1% (percentage of weight on the MLG at MRW and
max aft CG).
The total weight on the MLG group is 399 530 kg (880 800 lb).

3.

Wing Gear and Body Gear Loading on Pavement


The MLG group consists of two wing gears (4-wheel bogies) plus two body gears (6-wheel bogies).
Example, see FIGURE 7-4-0-991-001-A (sheet 2), calculation of the total weight on the MLG for:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- The aircraft gross weight is 420 000 kg (925 950 lb).
The load on the two wing gears is 159 810 kg (352 325 lb) and the load on the two body gears is
239 720 kg (528 475 lb).
The total weight on the MLG group is 399 530 kg (880 800 lb).
NOTE : The CG in the figure title is the CG used for ACN/LCN calculation.

7-4-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

PERCENTAGE MAC
40

45

50

55

CG FOR ACN/LCN
CALCULATION
43% MAC
MTOW 490 000 kg
35.06% MAC

MLW

MZFW
TAKE OFF
LANDING
88

90

92

94

96

98

100

600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
480
470
460
450
440
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
290
280
270
260

1 300
1 250
1 200
1 150
1 100
1 050
1 000
950
900
850

(x 1 000 lb)
AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT

35

(x 1 000 kg)

WEIGHT ON MAIN LANDING GEAR (x 1 000 kg)

30
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
480
470
460
450
440
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
290
280
270
260

800
750
700
650
600

PERCENTAGE OF WEIGHT ON MAIN GEAR

L_AC_070400_1_0010101_01_00

Landing Gear Loading on Pavement


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43% (Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-4-0-991-001-A01

7-4-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

400

500

600

540
400
380
100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

280

300

320

340

260

600

280

300

320

340

BODY GEARS

360

800
700

AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT (x 1 000 kg)

520
460
420

440

1 000
900

(x 1 000 lb)

480

500

1 100

1 200

WING GEARS

560

580

1 300

600

700

300

(x 1 000 lb)

LOAD ON CENTER GEARS OR LOAD ON WING GEARS (x 1 000 kg)

L_AC_070400_1_0010102_01_00

Landing Gear Loading on Pavement


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % (Sheet 2 of 2) (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-4-0-991-001-A01

7-4-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

PERCENTAGE MAC
40

45

50

55

CG FOR ACN/LCN
CALCULATION
MTOW 575 000 kg
41% MAC
37.8% MAC

MLW

MZFW
TAKE OFF
LANDING
88

90

92

94

96

98

100

600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
480
470
460
450
440
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
290
280
270
260

1 300
1 250
1 200
1 150
1 100
1 050
1 000
950
900
850

(x 1 000 lb)
AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT

35

(x 1 000 kg)

WEIGHT ON MAIN LANDING GEAR (x 1 000 kg)

30
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
480
470
460
450
440
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
300
290
280
270
260

800
750
700
650
600

PERCENTAGE OF WEIGHT ON MAIN GEAR

L_AC_070400_1_0020101_01_00

Landing Gear Loading on Pavement


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg CG 41% (Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-4-0-991-002-A01

7-4-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

400

500

600

580
560
AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT (x 1 000 kg)

460
100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

280

300

320

340

260

600

280

300

700

320

340

360

380

BODY GEARS

400

420

440

1 000
900
800

(x 1 000 lb)

480

500

1 100

520

540

1 200

WING GEARS

1 300

600

700

300

(x 1 000 lb)

LOAD ON CENTER GEARS OR LOAD ON WING GEARS (x 1 000 kg)

L_AC_070400_1_0020102_01_00

Landing Gear Loading on Pavement


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41% (Sheet 2 of 2) (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-4-0-991-002-A01

7-4-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-5-0

Flexible Pavement Requirements - US Army Corps of Engineers Design Method

**ON A/C A380-800


Flexible Pavement Requirements - US Army Corps of Engineers Design Method
1.

This section gives data about the flexible pavement requirements.


The flexible pavement requirements graphs are given at standard tire pressure for the weight variants
that produce (at the MRW and max aft CG) the lowest MLG and the highest MLG load of each type
of aircraft.
They are calculated with the US Army Corps of Engineers Design Method.
To find a flexible pavement thickness, you must know the Subgrade Strength (CBR), the annual
departure level and the weight on one MLG.
The line that shows 10 000 coverages is used to calculate the Aircraft Classification Number (ACN).
The procedure that follows is used to develop flexible pavement design curves:
- With the scale for pavement thickness at the bottom and the scale for CBR at the top, a random
line is made to show 10 000 coverages,
- A plot is then made of the incremental values of the weight on the MLG,
- Annual departure lines are made based on the load lines of the weight on the MLG that is shown
on the graph.
Example, see FIGURE 7-5-0-991-001-A (Sheet 1), calculation of the thickness of the flexible
pavement for Wing Landing Gear:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- A CBR value of 10,
- An annual departure level of 3 000,
- The load on one WLG of 75 000 kg (165 350 lb).
The required flexible pavement thickness is 58.5 cm (23 in).
Example, see FIGURE 7-5-0-991-001-A (Sheet 2), calculation of the thickness of the flexible
pavement for Body Landing Gear:
- An aircraft with a Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW) of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- A CBR value of 10,
- An annual departure level of 3 000,
- The load on one BLG of 125 000 kg (275 575 lb).
The required flexible pavement thickness is 61.1 cm (24 in).
NOTE : The CG in the figure title is the CG used for ACN calculation.

7-5-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


SUBGRADE STRENGTH CBR
3

10

15

20

30

40

60

80

WEIGHT ON ONE WING LANDING GEAR


93 600 kg (206 350 lb)
75 000 kg (165 350 lb)
60 000 kg (132 275 lb)
45 000 kg (99 200 lb)
30 000 kg (66 150 lb)

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


LANDING GEAR LOAD AT
MAXIMUM RAMP WEIGHT
AND AFT CG

10 000 COVERAGES USED


FOR ACN CALCULATIONS
ALPHA FACTOR = 0.8

ANNUAL DEPARTURES*
1 200
3 000
6 000
15 000
25 000
*20 YEAR PAVEMENT LIFE
3

10

10

15

20

15
(in)
30

40
(cm)

20

30

60

80

40

60

80

100 120 150 180

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS


1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES
TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)
L_AC_070500_1_0010101_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % - Wing Landing Gear (Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-5-0-991-001-A01

7-5-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


SUBGRADE STRENGTH CBR
3

10

15

20

30

40

60

80

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY LANDING GEAR


140 410 kg (309 550 lb)
125 000 kg (275 575 lb)
110 000 kg (242 500 lb)
95 000 kg (209 450 lb)
80 000 kg (176 375 lb)

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


LANDING GEAR LOAD AT
MAXIMUM RAMP WEIGHT
AND AFT CG

10 000 COVERAGES USED


FOR ACN CALCULATIONS
ALPHA FACTOR = 0.72

ANNUAL DEPARTURES*
1 200
3 000
6 000
15 000
25 000
*20 YEAR PAVEMENT LIFE
3

10

10

15

20

15
(in)
30

40
(cm)

20

30

60

80

40

60

80

100 120 150 180

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS


1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES
TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)
L_AC_070500_1_0010102_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % - Body Landing Gear (Sheet 2 of 2) (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-5-0-991-001-A01

7-5-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


SUBGRADE STRENGTH CBR
3

10

15

20

30

40

60

80

WEIGHT ON ONE WING LANDING GEAR


108 850 kg (239 975 lb)
85 000 kg (187 400 lb)
70 000 kg (154 325 lb)
55 000 kg (121 250 lb)
40 000 kg (88 175 lb)

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


LANDING GEAR LOAD AT
MAXIMUM RAMP WEIGHT
AND AFT CG

10 000 COVERAGES USED


FOR ACN CALCULATIONS
ALPHA FACTOR = 0.8

ANNUAL DEPARTURES*
1 200
3 000
6 000
15 000
25 000
*20 YEAR PAVEMENT LIFE
3

10

10

15

20

15
(in)
30

40
(cm)

20

30

60

80

40

60

80

100 120 150 180

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS


1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES
TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)
L_AC_070500_1_0020101_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41 % - Wing Landing Gear (Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-5-0-991-002-A01

7-5-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


SUBGRADE STRENGTH CBR
3

10

15

20

30

40

60

80

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY LANDING GEAR


163 270 kg (359 950 lb)
145 000 kg (319 675 lb)
130 000 kg (286 600 lb)
115 000 kg (253 525 lb)
100 000 kg (220 450 lb)

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


LANDING GEAR LOAD AT
MAXIMUM RAMP WEIGHT
AND AFT CG

10 000 COVERAGES USED


FOR ACN CALCULATIONS
ALPHA FACTOR = 0.72

ANNUAL DEPARTURES*
1 200
3 000
6 000
15 000
25 000
*20 YEAR PAVEMENT LIFE
3

10

10

15

20

15
(in)
30

40
(cm)

20

30

60

80

40

60

80

100 120 150 180

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS


1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES
TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)
L_AC_070500_1_0020102_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41 % - Body Landing Gear (Sheet 2 of 2) (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-5-0-991-002-A01

7-5-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-6-0

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion

**ON A/C A380-800


Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion
1.

This section provides data about the flexible pavement requirements for Load Classification Number
(LCN) conversion.
The flexible pavement requirements graphs are given at standard tire pressure for the weight variants
producing (at the MRW and maximum aft CG) the lowest MLG load and the highest MLG load for
each type of aircraft.
They are calculated with the LCN conversion method.
To find the aircraft weight that a flexible pavement can support, you must know the LCN of the
pavement and the thickness.
Example, see FIGURE 7-6-0-991-002-A (sheet 1), calculation of the weight on one WLG for flexible
pavement:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- The flexible pavement thickness is 1 270 mm (50 in) with a related LCN of 112.
The weight on one WLG is 75 000 kg (165 350 lb).
Example, see FIGURE 7-6-0-991-002-A (sheet 2), calculation of the weight on one BLG for flexible
pavement:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- The flexible pavement thickness is 1 270 mm (50 in) with a related LCN of 104.
The weight on one BLG is 125 000 kg (275 575 lb).

2.

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN Table


The table in FIGURE 7-6-0-991-001-A provides LCN data in a tabular format similar to the one used
by ICAO in the Aerodrome Design Manual Part 3, Pavements - Edition 1977. In order to use the
system accurately you should know the total pavement thickness for flexible pavement.
However, the pavement thickness for particular runways is not frequently published in the standard
airport information sources (Jeppesen, AERAD, DOD, etc.).
Therefore it is common practice to use a standard thickness (20 in) when determining the LCN and
the ESWL of the aircraft.
If the LCN for an intermediate weight between the MRW and the empty weight of the aircraft is
required or if the real thickness is known, refer to the figures that follow.
NOTE : The CG in the figure title is the CG used for LCN calculation.

7-6-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

WEIGHT
VARIANT

ALL UP
MASS (kg)
562 000

WV000

300 000
512 000

WV001

300 000
571 000

WV002

300 000
512 000

WV003

300 000
562 000

WV004

300 000
562 000

WV005

300 000
575 000

WV006

300 000
492 000

WV007

300 000
577 000

WV008

300 000
512 000

WV009

300 000

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
LOAD ON
TIRE
ESWL
ONE MAIN
PRESSURE
LCN
GEAR LEG
x 1 000 kg
x 1 000 lb
(MPa)
(%)
h = 510 mm (20 in)
19 (WLG)
28
62
99
28.5 (BLG)
59
96
27
1.50
19 (WLG)
56
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
31
56
14
19 (WLG)
55
88
25
28.5 (BLG)
53
85
24
1.40
19 (WLG)
54
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
54
31
14
18.9 (WLG)
62
28
100
28.3 (BLG)
59
97
27
1.50
18.9 (WLG)
55
31
14
28.3 (BLG)
55
31
14
19 (WLG)
55
25
88
28.5 (BLG)
53
85
24
1.40
19 (WLG)
54
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
54
31
14
19 (WLG)
62
99
28
28.5 (BLG)
59
96
27
1.50
19 (WLG)
31
56
14
28.5 (BLG)
31
56
14
19 (WLG)
62
99
28
28.5 (BLG)
59
96
27
1.50
19 (WLG)
31
56
14
28.5 (BLG)
31
56
14
18.9 (WLG)
62
28
101
28.3 (BLG)
59
97
27
1.50
18.9 (WLG)
55
31
14
28.3 (BLG)
55
31
14
19 (WLG)
53
85
24
28.5 (BLG)
51
83
23
1.40
19 (WLG)
54
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
54
31
14
18.9 (WLG)
62
28
101
28.3 (BLG)
59
98
27
1.50
18.9 (WLG)
55
31
14
28.3 (BLG)
55
31
14
19 (WLG)
55
88
25
28.5 (BLG)
53
24
85
1.40
19 (WLG)
31
54
14
28.5 (BLG)
31
54
14

L_AC_070600_1_0010101_01_01

Flexible Pavement Requirements


LCN Table
FIGURE-7-6-0-991-001-A01

7-6-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

7-6-0
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

10

20

40 50 60

150
230
80 100
120
190
70
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)
30

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

30

1 500 2 000 2 500

50 60 70 80 100
90
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (in)

20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

40

750 1 000

WEIGHT ON ONE WING


LANDING GEAR
93 600 kg (206 350 lb)
75 000 kg (165 350 lb)
60 000 kg (132 275 lb)
45 000 kg
(99 200 lb)
30 000 kg
(66 150 lb)

500

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070600_1_0020101_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % - WLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-6-0-991-002-A01

Page 3
Dec 01/14

7-6-0
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

10

20

40 50 60

150
230
80 100
120
190
70
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)
30

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

30

1 500 2 000 2 500

50 60 70 80 100
90
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (in)

20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

40

750 1 000

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY


LANDING GEAR
140 410 kg (309 550 lb)
125 000 kg (275 575 lb)
110 000 kg (242 500 lb)
95 000 kg (209 450 lb)
80 000 kg (176 375 lb)

500

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070600_1_0020102_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % - BLG (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-6-0-991-002-A01

Page 4
Dec 01/14

7-6-0
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

10

40

20

40 50 60

150
230
80 100
120
190
70
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)
30

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

30

1 500 2 000 2 500

50 60 70 80 100
90
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (in)

20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

110

120

130

140

100

750 1 000

WEIGHT ON ONE WING


LANDING GEAR
108 850 kg (239 975 lb)
85 000 kg (187 400 lb)
70 000 kg (154 325 lb)
55 000 kg (121 250 lb)
40 000 kg
(88 175 lb)

500
150

160

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070600_1_0030101_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41 % - WLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-6-0-991-003-A01

Page 5
Dec 01/14

7-6-0
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

10

20

40 50 60

150
230
80 100
120
190
70
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)
30

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

30

1 500 2 000 2 500

50 60 70 80 100
90
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (in)

20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

40

750 1 000

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY


LANDING GEAR
163 270 kg (359 950 lb)
145 000 kg (319 675 lb)
130 000 kg (286 600 lb)
115 000 kg (253 525 lb)
100 000 kg (220 450 lb)

500

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT THICKNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070600_1_0030102_01_00

Flexible Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41 % - BLG (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-6-0-991-003-A01

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-7-0

Rigid Pavement Requirements - Portland Cement Association Design Method

**ON A/C A380-800


Rigid Pavement Requirements - Portland Cement Association Design Method
1.

This section gives data about the rigid pavement requirements for the PCA (Portland Cement
Association) design method.
The rigid pavement requirement graphs are given at standard tire pressure for the weight variants
producing (at the MRW and max aft CG) the lowest MLG load and the highest MLG load for each
A/C type.
To find a rigid pavement thickness, you must know the Subgrade Modulus (k), the permitted working
stress and the weight on one MLG.
The procedure that follows is used to develop rigid pavement design curves:
- With the scale for pavement thickness on the left and the scale for permitted working stress on
the right, a random load line is made. This represents the MLG maximum weight to be shown,
- A plot is then made of all values of the subgrade modulus (k values),
- More load lines for the incremental values of the weight on the MLG are made based on the
curve for k = 80 MN/m3, which is already shown on the graph.
Example, see FIGURE 7-7-0-991-001-A (sheet 1), calculation of the thickness of the rigid pavement
for the WLG:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- A k value of 80 MN/m3 (300 lbf/in3),
- A permitted working stress of 38.67 kg/cm2 (550 lb/in2),
- The load on one MLG is 75 000 kg (165 350 lb).
The required rigid pavement thickness is 224 mm (9 in).
Example, see FIGURE 7-7-0-991-001-A (sheet 2), calculation of the thickness of the rigid pavement
for the BLG:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- A k value of 80 MN/m3 (300 lbf/in3),
- A permitted working stress of 38.67 kg/cm2 (550 lb/in2),
- The load on one MLG is 125 000 kg (275 575 lb).
The required rigid pavement thickness is 239 mm (9 in).
NOTE : The CG in the figure title is the CG used for ACN calculation.

7-7-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

36

900

k = 20 MN/m
k = 40 MN/m
k = 80 MN/m
k = 150 MN/m

14

60
800

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND AFT CG

34
13

700

12

600

50

30

11

500

10

400

300

(lb/in)

28

40
(in)

RIGID PAVEMENT THICKNESS


(cm)

32

30

26

24

22

20

18

WEIGHT ON ONE WING


LANDING GEAR
93 600 kg (206 350 lb)
75 000 kg (165 350 lb)
60 000 kg (132 275 lb)
45 000 kg (99 200 lb)
30 000 kg (66 150 lb)

NOTE:
THE VALUES OBTAINED BY USING
THE MAXIMUM LOAD REFERENCE
LINE AND ANY VALUES FOR k ARE
EXACT.
FOR LOADS LESS THAN MAXIMUM,
THE CURVES ARE EXACT FOR k =
80 MN/m BUT DEVIATE SLIGHTLY
FOR ANY OTHER VALUES OF k.

(kg/cm)
ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESS

15

38

20

200
10
100

REFERENCE:
"DESIGN OF CONCRETE AIRPORT
PAVEMENTS" AND "COMPUTER
PROGRAM FOR AIRPORT
PAVEMENT DESIGN PROGRAM
PDILB" PORTLAND CEMENT
ASSOCIATION.

L_AC_070700_1_0010101_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % - WLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-7-0-991-001-A01

7-7-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

36

900

k = 20 MN/m
k = 40 MN/m
k = 80 MN/m
k = 150 MN/m

14

60
800

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND AFT CG

34
13

700

12

600

50

30

11

500

10

400

300

(lb/in)

28

40
(in)

RIGID PAVEMENT THICKNESS


(cm)

32

30

26

24

22

20

18

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY


LANDING GEAR
140 410 kg (309 550 lb)
125 000 kg (275 575 lb)
110 000 kg (242 500 lb)
95 000 kg (209 450 lb)
80 000 kg (176 375 lb)

NOTE:
THE VALUES OBTAINED BY USING
THE MAXIMUM LOAD REFERENCE
LINE AND ANY VALUES FOR k ARE
EXACT.
FOR LOADS LESS THAN MAXIMUM,
THE CURVES ARE EXACT FOR k =
80 MN/m BUT DEVIATE SLIGHTLY
FOR ANY OTHER VALUES OF k.

(kg/cm)
ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESS

15

38

20

200
10
100

REFERENCE:
"DESIGN OF CONCRETE AIRPORT
PAVEMENTS" AND "COMPUTER
PROGRAM FOR AIRPORT
PAVEMENT DESIGN PROGRAM
PDILB" PORTLAND CEMENT
ASSOCIATION.

L_AC_070700_1_0010102_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43 % - BLG (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-7-0-991-001-A01

7-7-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

36

900

k = 20 MN/m
k = 40 MN/m
k = 80 MN/m
k = 150 MN/m

14

60
800

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND AFT CG

34
13

700

12

600

50

30

11

500

10

400

300

(lb/in)

28

40
(in)

RIGID PAVEMENT THICKNESS


(cm)

32

30

26

24

22

20

18

WEIGHT ON ONE WING


LANDING GEAR
108 850 kg (239 975 lb)
85 000 kg (187 400 lb)
70 000 kg (154 325 lb)
55 000 kg (121 250 lb)
40 000 kg (88 175 lb)

NOTE:
THE VALUES OBTAINED BY USING
THE MAXIMUM LOAD REFERENCE
LINE AND ANY VALUES FOR k ARE
EXACT.
FOR LOADS LESS THAN MAXIMUM,
THE CURVES ARE EXACT FOR k =
80 MN/m BUT DEVIATE SLIGHTLY
FOR ANY OTHER VALUES OF k.

(kg/cm)
ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESS

15

38

20

200
10
100

REFERENCE:
"DESIGN OF CONCRETE AIRPORT
PAVEMENTS" AND "COMPUTER
PROGRAM FOR AIRPORT
PAVEMENT DESIGN PROGRAM
PDILB" PORTLAND CEMENT
ASSOCIATION.

L_AC_070700_1_0020101_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41 % - WLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-7-0-991-002-A01

7-7-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

36

900

k = 20 MN/m
k = 40 MN/m
k = 80 MN/m
k = 150 MN/m

14

60
800

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND AFT CG

34
13

700

12

600

50

30

11

500

10

400

300

(lb/in)

28

40
(in)

RIGID PAVEMENT THICKNESS


(cm)

32

30

26

24

22

20

18

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY


LANDING GEAR
163 270 kg (359 950 lb)
145 000 kg (319 675 lb)
130 000 kg (286 600 lb)
115 000 kg (253 525 lb)
100 000 kg (220 450 lb)

NOTE:
THE VALUES OBTAINED BY USING
THE MAXIMUM LOAD REFERENCE
LINE AND ANY VALUES FOR k ARE
EXACT.
FOR LOADS LESS THAN MAXIMUM,
THE CURVES ARE EXACT FOR k =
80 MN/m BUT DEVIATE SLIGHTLY
FOR ANY OTHER VALUES OF k.

(kg/cm)
ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESS

15

38

20

200
10
100

REFERENCE:
"DESIGN OF CONCRETE AIRPORT
PAVEMENTS" AND "COMPUTER
PROGRAM FOR AIRPORT
PAVEMENT DESIGN PROGRAM
PDILB" PORTLAND CEMENT
ASSOCIATION.

L_AC_070700_1_0020102_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41 % - BLG (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-7-0-991-002-A01

7-7-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-8-0

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion

**ON A/C A380-800


Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN Conversion
1.

This section provides data about the rigid pavement requirements for the Load Classification Number
(LCN) conversion (radius of relative stiffness).
The rigid pavement requirement graphs are given at standard tire pressure for the weight variants
producing (at the MRW and maximum aft CG) the lowest MLG load and the highest MLG load for
each type of aircraft.
To find the aircraft weight that a rigid pavement can support, you must know the LCN of the
pavement and the radius of relative stiffness (L).
The calculation of the radius of relative stiffness (L) is done with the formula and the table given in
Radius of Relative Stiffness (L values based on Youngs Modulus (E) of 4 000 000 psi and
Poissons Ratio () of 0.15), see FIGURE 7-8-0-991-002-A.
Example, see FIGURE 7-8-0-991-003-A (Sheet 1), calculation of the aircraft weight through the
radius of relative stiffness (L) of the rigid pavement for the Wing Landing Gear (WLG):
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- The radius of relative stiffness is shown at 1 270 mm (50 in) with a related LCN of 86.
The weight on one WLG is 75 000 kg (165 350 lb).
Example, see FIGURE 7-8-0-991-003-A (Sheet 2), calculation of the aircraft weight through the
radius of relative stiffness (L) of the rigid pavement for the Body Landing Gear (BLG):
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- The radius of relative stiffness is shown at 1 270 mm (50 in) with a related LCN of 81.
The weight on one BLG is 125 000 kg (275 575 lb).
The following table provides LCN data in a tabular format similar to the one used by ICAO in the
Aerodrome Design Manual Part 3, Pavements - Edition 1977. In order to use the system accurately
you should know the total pavement radius of relative stiffness (L-value) for rigid pavement.
However, the pavement radius of relative stiffness for a particular runway are not frequently published
in the standard airport information sources (Jeppesen, AERAD, DOD, etc.). Therefore it is common
practice to use a standard radius of relative stiffness (30 inches) when determining the LCN and the
ESWL of the aircraft.
If the LCN for an intermediate weight between the maximum ramp weight and the empty weight of
the aircraft is required or if the real thickness is known, refer to the figures that follow.

2.

Radius of Relative Stiffness (Other values of E and )


This section provides data about the rigid pavement requirements for the Load Classification Number
(LCN) conversion (radius of relative stiffness) with other values of E (Youngs modulus) and
(Poissons ratio).
The other values of E and have an effect on the radius of relative stiffness (L-value).

7-8-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

The effect of E and on the radius of relative stiffness (L-value) is shown in the graphs in FIGURE
7-8-0-991-005-A.
The table in FIGURE 7-8-0-991-002-A shows L-values based on a Youngs modulus (E) of 4 000 000
psi and a Poissons ratio () of 0.15.
To find the L-value, you must know the values of E and .
Example, see FIGURE 7-8-0-991-005-A, calculation of the L-values of the rigid pavement for an E of
3 000 000 psi.
The E factor is 0.931.
The radius of relative stiffness (L-value) is the value found in the table (see FIGURE 7-8-0-991-002A) multiplied by 0.931.
NOTE : The CG in the figure title is the CG used for LCN calculation.

7-8-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

WEIGHT
VARIANT

ALL UP
MASS (kg)
562 000

WV000

300 000
512 000

WV001

300 000
571 000

WV002

300 000
512 000

WV003

300 000
562 000

WV004

300 000
562 000

WV005

300 000
575 000

WV006

300 000
492 000

WV007

300 000
577 000

WV008

300 000
512 000

WV009

300 000

RIGID PAVEMENT
LOAD ON
TIRE
ESWL
ONE MAIN
PRESSURE
LCN
GEAR LEG
x 1 000 kg
x 1 000 lb
(MPa)
(%)
L = 760 mm (30 in)
19 (WLG)
26
58
95
28.5 (BLG)
20
74
9
1.50
19 (WLG)
31
53
14
28.5 (BLG)
11
41
5
19 (WLG)
53
84
24
28.5 (BLG)
18
66
8
1.40
19 (WLG)
51
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
40
11
5
18.9 (WLG)
96
59
27
28.3 (BLG)
20
74
9
1.50
18.9 (WLG)
53
31
14
28.3 (BLG)
40
11
5
19 (WLG)
53
84
24
28.5 (BLG)
18
66
8
1.40
19 (WLG)
51
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
40
11
5
19 (WLG)
95
58
26
28.5 (BLG)
20
74
9
1.50
19 (WLG)
53
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
11
41
5
19 (WLG)
95
58
26
28.5 (BLG)
20
74
9
1.50
19 (WLG)
53
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
11
41
5
18.9 (WLG)
96
59
27
28.3 (BLG)
20
75
9
1.50
18.9 (WLG)
53
31
14
28.3 (BLG)
40
11
5
19 (WLG)
82
51
23
28.5 (BLG)
18
64
8
1.40
19 (WLG)
51
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
40
11
5
18.9 (WLG)
97
59
27
28.3 (BLG)
20
75
9
1.50
18.9 (WLG)
53
31
14
28.3 (BLG)
40
11
5
19 (WLG)
53
84
24
28.5 (BLG)
18
8
66
1.40
19 (WLG)
51
31
14
28.5 (BLG)
11
40
5

L_AC_070800_1_0010101_01_01

Rigid Pavement Requirements


LCN Table
FIGURE-7-8-0-991-001-A01

7-8-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800


RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (L)
VALUES IN INCHES

L= 4

WHERE

Ed
12 (1

= 24.1652 4
)k

d
k

E = YOUNGS MODULUS = 4 x 10 psi


k = SUBGRADE MODULUS, lb/in
d = RIGID PAVEMENT THICKNESS, (in)
= POISSONS RATIO = 0.15

k = 75

k = 100

k = 150

k = 200

k = 250

k = 300

k = 350

k = 400

k = 550

6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5

31.48
33.43
35.34
37.22

29.30
31.11
32.89
34.63

26.47
28.11
29.72
31.29

24.63
26.16
27.65
29.12

23.30
24.74
26.15
27.54

22.26
23.64
24.99
26.32

21.42
22.74
24.04
25.32

20.72
22.00
23.25
24.49

19.13
20.31
21.47
22.61

8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5

39.06
40.88
42.67
44.43

36.35
38.04
39.71
41.35

32.85
34.37
35.88
37.36

30.57
31.99
33.39
34.77

28.91
30.25
31.58
32.89

27.62
28.91
30.17
31.42

26.58
27.81
29.03
30.23

25.70
26.90
28.08
29.24

23.74
24.84
25.93
27.00

10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5

46.18
47.90
49.60
51.28

42.97
44.57
46.16
47.72

38.83
40.28
41.71
43.12

36.14
37.48
38.81
40.13

34.17
35.45
36.71
37.95

32.65
33.87
35.07
36.26

31.42
32.59
33.75
34.89

30.39
31.52
32.64
33.74

28.06
29.11
30.14
31.16

12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5

52.94
54.59
56.22
57.83

49.27
50.80
52.32
53.82

44.52
45.90
47.27
48.63

41.43
42.72
43.99
45.26

39.18
40.40
41.61
42.80

37.44
38.60
39.75
40.89

36.02
37.14
38.25
39.35

34.84
35.92
36.99
38.06

32.17
33.17
34.16
35.14

14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5

59.43
61.02
62.59
64.15

55.31
56.78
58.25
59.70

49.98
51.31
52.63
53.94

46.51
47.75
48.98
50.20

43.98
45.16
46.32
47.47

42.02
43.15
44.26
45.36

40.44
41.51
42.58
43.64

39.11
40.15
41.19
42.21

36.12
37.08
38.03
38.98

16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5

65.69
67.23
68.75
70.26

61.13
62.56
63.98
65.38

55.24
56.53
57.81
59.08

51.41
52.61
53.80
54.98

48.62
49.75
50.88
52.00

46.45
47.54
48.61
49.68

44.70
45.74
46.77
47.80

43.23
44.24
45.24
46.23

39.92
40.85
41.78
42.70

18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0

71.76
74.73
77.66
80.55

66.78
69.54
72.27
74.96

60.34
62.84
65.30
67.74

56.15
58.48
60.77
63.04

53.11
55.31
57.47
59.62

50.74
52.84
54.91
56.96

48.82
50.84
52.84
54.81

47.22
49.17
51.10
53.01

43.61
45.41
47.19
48.95

22.0
23.0
24.0
25.0

83.41
86.24
89.04
91.81

77.63
80.26
82.86
85.44

70.14
72.52
74.87
77.20

65.28
67.49
69.68
71.84

61.73
63.83
65.90
67.95

58.98
60.98
62.96
64.92

56.75
58.68
60.58
62.46

54.89
56.75
58.59
60.41

50.69
52.41
54.11
55.79

REFERENCE:
PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION.

L_AC_070800_1_0020101_01_00

Radius of Relative Stiffness (L)


FIGURE-7-8-0-991-002-A01

7-8-0

Page 4
Dec 01/14

1 000 1 250 1 500

2 000 2 500

40

50

60

70 80 90 100

20

40

50 60 70

100 150 190


80
120
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)

30

7-8-0

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (in)

5
30

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

10
20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

WEIGHT ON ONE WING LANDING GEAR


93 600 kg (206 350 lb)
75 000 kg (165 350 lb)
60 000 kg (132 275 lb)
45 000 kg
(99 200 lb)
30 000 kg
(66 150 lb)

750

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070800_1_0030101_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43% - WLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-8-0-991-003-A01

Page 5
Dec 01/14

1 000 1 250 1 500

2 000 2 500

40

50

60

70 80 90 100

20

40

50 60 70

100 150 190


80
120
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)

30

7-8-0

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (in)

5
30

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

10
20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY LANDING GEAR


140 410 kg (309 550 lb)
125 000 kg (275 575 lb)
110 000 kg (242 500 lb)
95 000 kg (209 450 lb)
80 000 kg (176 375 lb)

750

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070800_1_0030102_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43% - BLG (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-8-0-991-003-A01

Page 6
Dec 01/14

1 000 1 250 1 500

2 000 2 500

40

50

60

70 80 90 100

20

40

50 60 70

100 150 190


80
120
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)

30

7-8-0

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (in)

5
30

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

10
20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE WING


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

WEIGHT ON ONE WING LANDING GEAR


108 850 kg (239 975 lb)
85 000 kg (187 400 lb)
70 000 kg (154 325 lb)
55 000 kg (121 250 lb)
40 000 kg
(88 175 lb)

750

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070800_1_0040101_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41% - WLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-8-0-991-004-A01

Page 7
Dec 01/14

1 000 1 250 1 500

2 000 2 500

40

50

60

70 80 90 100

20

40

50 60 70

100 150 190


80
120
LOAD CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (LCN)

30

7-8-0

NOTE:
EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOADS ARE DERIVED BY METHODS SHOWN IN
ICAO AERODROME MANUAL PART 2 PAR 4.1.3 SECOND EDITION 1965.

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (in)

5
30

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

10
20

MAXIMUM POSSIBLE BODY


GEAR LOAD AT MAXIMUM
RAMP WEIGHT AND
AFT CG

WEIGHT ON ONE BODY LANDING GEAR


163 270 kg (359 950 lb)
145 000 kg (319 675 lb)
130 000 kg (286 600 lb)
115 000 kg (253 525 lb)
100 000 kg (220 450 lb)

750

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (mm)

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 kg)

EQUIVALENT SINGLE WHEEL LOAD (x 1 000 lb)

L_AC_070800_1_0040102_01_00

Rigid Pavement Requirements - LCN


WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41% - BLG (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-8-0-991-004-A01

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

EFFECT OF E ON L VALUES

1.10
1.05

E FACTOR

1.00
0.95
0.90
0.85
0.80

E, YOUNGS MODULUS (10 psi)

1.015

EFFECT OF

ON L VALUES

FACTOR

1.010

1.005

1.000

0.995
0.00

0.05

0.10

0.15

0.20

0.25

, POISSONS RATIO

NOTE:
BOTH CURVES ON THIS PAGE ARE USED TO ADJUST THE L VALUES
OF RADIUS OF RELATIVE STIFFNESS (L) TABLE.

L_AC_070800_1_0050101_01_00

Radius of Relative Stiffness (Effect E and on L values)


FIGURE-7-8-0-991-005-A01

7-8-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

7-9-0

ACN/PCN Reporting System - Flexible and Rigid Pavements

**ON A/C A380-800


ACN/PCN Reporting System - Flexible and Rigid Pavements
1.

This section provides data about the Aircraft Classification Number (ACN) for an aircraft gross
weight in relation with a subgrade strength value for flexible and rigid pavement.
The flexible and rigid pavement requirement graphs are given at standard tire pressure for the weight
variants producing (at the MRW and max aft CG) the lowest MLG load and the highest MLG load
for each type of aircraft.
To find the ACN of an aircraft on flexible and rigid pavement, you must know the aircraft gross
weight and the subgrade strength.
NOTE : An aircraft with an ACN equal to or less than the reported PCN can operate on that
pavement, subject to any limitation on the tire pressure.
(Ref: ICAO Aerodrome Design Manual, Part 3, Chapter 1, Second Edition 1983).
Example, see FIGURE 7-9-0-991-002-A (sheet 1), calculation of the ACN for flexible pavement for:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- An aircraft gross weight of 420 000 kg (925 950 lb),
- A medium subgrade strength (code B).
The ACN for flexible pavement is 43.
Example, see FIGURE 7-9-0-991-002-A (sheet 2), calculation of the ACN for rigid pavement for:
- An aircraft with a MRW of 492 000 kg (1 084 675 lb),
- An aircraft gross weight of 420 000 kg (925 950 lb),
- A medium subgrade strength (code B).
The ACN for rigid pavement is 44.

2.

Aircraft Classification Number - ACN table


The table in FIGURE 7-9-0-991-001-A provides ACN data in tabular format similar to the one used
by ICAO in the Aerodrome Design Manual Part 3, Pavements - Edition 1983. If the ACN for an
intermediate weight between MRW and the minimum weight of the aircraft is required, refer to the
figures that follow.
NOTE : The CG in the figure title is the CG used for ACN calculation.

7-9-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

WEIGHT
VARIANT

ALL UP
MASS
(kg)

562 000
WV000
300 000
512 000
WV001
300 000
571 000
WV002
300 000
512 000
WV003
300 000
562 000
WV004
300 000
562 000
WV005
300 000
575 000
WV006
300 000
492 000
WV007
300 000
577 000
WV008
300 000
512 000
WV009
300 000

LOAD ON
ONE MAIN
GEAR LEG
(%)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
18.9 (WLG)
28.3 (BLG)
18.9 (WLG)
28.3 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
18.9 (WLG)
28.3 (BLG)
18.9 (WLG)
28.3 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
18.9 (WLG)
28.3 (BLG)
18.9 (WLG)
28.3 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)
19 (WLG)
28.5 (BLG)

ACN FOR
ACN FOR
RIGID PAVEMENT
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
TIRE
SUBGRADESMN/m
SUBGRADESCBR
PRESSURE
(MPa)
HIGH MEDIUM LOW ULTRALOW HIGH MEDIUM LOW ULTRALOW
10
80
6
3
150
40
20
15

1.50

1.40

1.50

1.40

1.50

1.50

1.50

1.40

1.50

1.40

56
55
27
29
49
48
26
28
57
56
27
28
49
48
26
28
56
55
27
29
56
55
27
29
58
56
27
28
46
46
26
28
58
56
27
28
49
48
26
28

66
68
29
29
57
57
29
28
67
69
29
29
57
57
29
28
66
68
29
29
66
68
29
29
67
69
29
29
54
54
29
28
68
70
29
29
57
57
29
28

78
88
34
34
68
75
33
33
79
89
33
34
68
75
33
33
78
88
34
34
78
88
34
34
80
90
33
34
64
70
33
33
80
91
33
34
68
75
33
33

91
110
39
42
79
94
38
42
91
111
38
42
79
94
38
42
91
110
39
42
91
110
39
42
92
113
38
42
75
89
38
42
93
113
38
42
79
94
38
42

59
56
27
25
51
49
27
25
59
57
27
25
51
49
27
25
59
56
27
25
59
56
27
25
60
57
27
25
49
47
27
25
60
58
27
25
51
49
27
25

64
62
29
27
56
54
28
27
64
63
28
26
56
54
28
27
64
62
29
27
64
62
29
27
65
63
28
26
53
51
28
27
65
64
28
26
56
54
28
27

75
75
31
30
66
65
31
30
76
76
31
30
66
65
31
30
75
75
31
30
75
75
31
30
77
77
31
30
62
61
31
30
77
77
31
30
66
65
31
30

102
106
40
40
90
92
40
40
104
107
40
39
90
92
40
40
102
106
40
40
102
106
40
40
105
108
40
39
85
87
40
40
105
108
40
39
90
92
40
40

L_AC_070900_1_0010101_01_01

Aircraft Classification Number


ACN Table
FIGURE-7-9-0-991-001-A01

7-9-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

7-9-0
20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

250

600

800

300

350

SUBGRADE STRENGTH
D CBR 3 (ULTRA LOW)
C CBR 6 (LOW)
B CBR 10 (MEDIUM)
A CBR 15 (HIGH)

400

1 000

450
(x 1 000 kg)

900

AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT

ALPHA FACTOR = 0.8 FOR WLG


ALPHA FACTOR = 0.72 FOR BLG

700

(x 1 000 lb)

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

500

1 100

550

1 200

600

1 300

ACN WAS DETERMINED AS REFERENCED IN


ICAO AERODROME DESIGN MANUAL PART 3
CHAPTER 1. SECOND EDITION 1983.
SEE SECTION 740.

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AIRCRAFT CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (ACN)

L_AC_070900_1_0020101_01_00

Aircraft Classification Number


Flexible Pavement - WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43% (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-9-0-991-002-A01

Page 3
Dec 01/14

7-9-0
20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

250

700

800

300

350

SUBGRADE STRENGTH
D k = 20 MN/m (ULTRA LOW)
C k = 40 MN/m (LOW)
B k = 80 MN/m (MEDIUM)
A k = 150 MN/m (HIGH)

600

(x 1 000 kg)

450

1 000

AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT

400

900

(x 1 000 lb)

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 14 bar (203 psi)

500

1 100

550

1 200

600

1 300

ACN WAS DETERMINED AS REFERENCED IN


ICAO AERODROME DESIGN MANUAL PART 3
CHAPTER 1. SECOND EDITION 1983.
SEE SECTION 740.

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AIRCRAFT CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (ACN)

L_AC_070900_1_0020102_01_00

Aircraft Classification Number


Rigid Pavement - WV007, MRW 492 000 kg, CG 43% (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-9-0-991-002-A01

Page 4
Dec 01/14

7-9-0
20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

250

600

800

300

350

SUBGRADE STRENGTH
D CBR 3 (ULTRA LOW)
C CBR 6 (LOW)
B CBR 10 (MEDIUM)
A CBR 15 (HIGH)

400

1 000

450
(x 1 000 kg)

900

AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT

ALPHA FACTOR = 0.8 FOR WLG


ALPHA FACTOR = 0.72 FOR BLG

700

(x 1 000 lb)

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

500

1 100

550

1 200

600

1 300

ACN WAS DETERMINED AS REFERENCED IN


ICAO AERODROME DESIGN MANUAL PART 3
CHAPTER 1. SECOND EDITION 1983.
SEE SECTION 740.

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AIRCRAFT CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (ACN)

L_AC_070900_1_0030101_01_00

Aircraft Classification Number


Flexible Pavement - WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41% (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-7-9-0-991-003-A01

Page 5
Dec 01/14

7-9-0
20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

250

700

800

300

350

SUBGRADE STRENGTH
D k = 20 MN/m (ULTRA LOW)
C k = 40 MN/m (LOW)
B k = 80 MN/m (MEDIUM)
A k = 150 MN/m (HIGH)

600

(x 1 000 kg)

450

1 000

AIRCRAFT GROSS WEIGHT

400

900

(x 1 000 lb)

1 400 x 530 R23 40PR TIRES


TIRE PRESSURE CONSTANT AT 15 bar (218 psi)

500

1 100

550

1 200

600

1 300

ACN WAS DETERMINED AS REFERENCED IN


ICAO AERODROME DESIGN MANUAL PART 3
CHAPTER 1. SECOND EDITION 1983.
SEE SECTION 740.

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

AIRCRAFT CLASSIFICATION NUMBER (ACN)

L_AC_070900_1_0030102_01_00

Aircraft Classification Number


Rigid Pavement - WV008, MRW 577 000 kg, CG 41% (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-7-9-0-991-003-A01

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

SCALED DRAWINGS
8-0-0

SCALED DRAWINGS

**ON A/C A380-800


Scaled Drawings
1.

This section provides the scaled drawings.


NOTE : When printing this drawing, make sure to adjust for proper scaling.

8-0-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

FEET
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

0
4
8
12 16
METERS
20

FEET
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0

8
12 16
METERS

20

NOTE: WHEN PRINTING THIS DRAWING, MAKE SURE TO ADJUST FOR PROPER SCALING.
DB1A

L_AC_080000_1_0010101_01_01

Scaled Drawing
FIGURE-8-0-0-991-001-A01

8-0-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING


10-0-0

AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING

**ON A/C A380-800


Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting
1.

Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting Charts


This section gives data related to aircraft rescue and fire fighting.
The figures contained in this section are the figures that are in the Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting
Charts poster available on AIRBUSWorld and the Airbus website.

10-0-0

Page 1
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0010101_01_01

Front Page
FIGURE-10-0-0-991-001-A01

10-0-0

Page 2
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0020101_01_02

Highly Flammable and Hazardous Materials and Components


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-002-A01

10-0-0

Page 3
Dec 01/14

BAT1

BATESS

FR86

ACCESS DOOR 272AFZ


VIA UPPER DECK

FR91

10-0-0

BAT2

DIVIDER NET ACCESS


VIA AFT CARGO DOOR

ACCESS VIA BULK


CARGO DOOR 823

ACCESS DOOR 132CFZ


VIA FWD CARGO DOOR

ACCESS VIA
ACCESS DOOR 811

FR5

FR17

ACCESS DOOR 131CFZ


VIA FWD CARGO DOOR

FR21

BATAPU

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0170101_01_00

Batteries Location and Access


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-017-A01

Page 4
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0160101_01_00

Crew Rest Compartments Location


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-016-A01

10-0-0

Page 5
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0140101_01_00

Wheel/Brake Overheat
Wheel Safety Area (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-10-0-0-991-014-A01

10-0-0

Page 6
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0140102_01_00

Wheel/Brake Overheat
Recommendations (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-10-0-0-991-014-A01

10-0-0

Page 7
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0030101_01_01

Composite Materials Location


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-003-A01

10-0-0

Page 8
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0040101_01_01

Landing Gear
Ground Lock Safety Devices
FIGURE-10-0-0-991-004-A01

10-0-0

Page 9
Dec 01/14

OFFWING DUALLANE
SLIDE/RAFT

10-0-0

18

15

12

NOTE:
LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL

OPENING WITH THE ESCAPE ROPE

MAIN DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT
EMERGENCY DESCENT THROUGH THE WINDOW

COCKPIT ESCAPE
ROPE

UPPER DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT

GRID EQUALS 1 m (3.28 ft) IN REALITY

UPPER DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT

UPPER DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT
MAIN DECK DUALLANE
SLIDE/RAFT

MAIN DECK DUALLANE


SLIDE/RAFT

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0050101_01_03

Emergency Evacuation Devices


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-005-A01

Page 10
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0060101_01_02

Pax/Crew Doors and Emergency Exits


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-006-A01

10-0-0

Page 11
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

197CB

6336MJ

132BR /199DR

5070JE1

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0070101_01_02

Cargo Doors
FWD and AFT Lower Deck Cargo Doors
FIGURE-10-0-0-991-007-A01

10-0-0

Page 12
Dec 01/14

E
L
E
C

10-0-0
OFF

OFF

ON

ON

WING

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

RWY TURN OFF


& CAMERA
ON

AUTO
OFF

LAND

NAV

EXT LT

ON

FAULT

ENG

ON

2
FAULT

BEACON
ON

1
FAULT

WING
FAULT

OFF

FAULT

OFF

FAULT

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

NOSE

LOGO

FAULT

DISC

FAULT

ANTI ICE

OFF

DISC

AUTO MODE

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

AUTO

OFF

TAXI

T.O

OFF

ON

AVAIL

START

ON

FAULT

MASTER SW

APU

NORM

OFF

DISC

FAULT

DRIVE

ON

AVAIL

OFF

AUTO

A
U
T
O

DISC

FAULT

OFF

AUTO

MAN

MODE

BRT

OFF

1215VM

E
L
E
C

1225VM

F
I
R
E

1245VM

OFF

ARM

ON

ON

EMER EXIT LT

DIM

TRGT

DN
DITCHING

UP

ON

AVAIL

CABIN V/S

OFF

OFF

EXT 4

FAULT

4 GEN

ANN LT
TEST

A
U
T
O

SIGNS

OFF

STORM
ON

INT LT

MAN

SEAT BELTS NO SMOKING


ON
ON

OFF

ICE
IND

STBY
COMPASS

OFF

AC BUS 4

DRIVE

A
U
T
O

DISCH

SQUIB

AGENT 2

COMMERCIAL
1
2

CABIN PRESS

OFF

OFF

EXT 3

FAULT

3 GEN

AC BUS 3

CABIN ALT
TRGT
IGN
MODE
INC
START DEC

ENG START

FAULT

APU GEN B

A
U
T
O

ALTN

FAULT

AC ESS FEED

DISCH

DISCH

DISCH

GALLEY

SQUIB

SQUIB

PAX SYS

AGENT 1

AGENT 2

PUSH

FIRE

ENG 4

SQUIB

PUSH

FIRE

ENG3

AGENT 1

FAULT

CRANK

ON

OFF

BUS TIE

OFF

FAULT

ELMU

TEST

APU GEN A

AC ESS
BUS

DISCH

SQUIB

AGENT 2

2 GEN

AC BUS 2

OFF

FAULT

APU BAT

DISCH

SQUIB

AGENT 1

DRIVE

ON

1 GEN

AVAIL

ON

DRIVE

EXT 2

AVAIL

OFF

FAULT

EXT 1

AC BUS 1

FAULT

FAULT

BAT 2

DISCH

DISCH

ESS BAT

SQUIB

BAT 1

AGENT 2

PUSH

PUSH

SQUIB

FIRE

FIRE
AGENT 1

STROBE
ON

F
I
R
E

ENG 2

ENG 1

FLT INT

SVCE INT

APU
FIRE

FAULT

OFF

FAULT

OFF

FAULT

OFF

FAULT

OFF

FAULT

CAB FANS

OFF

OFF

FAST

SLOW

ON

ENG

A
U
T
O

WIPER

ON

OVRD

VENT

BTL 2

AVNCS
EXTRACT

MAN
START

ON

RAIN RPLNT

ON

SMOKE

AVNCS

DISCH

SMOKE

BTL 1

CARGO SMOKE
AGENT TO FWD

25

OFF

FAULT

COOLG

TEST

DISCH

SMOKE

A
U
T
O

AGENT TO AFT

OFF

FAULT

HEATER

25

5
OFF

TEMP REGUL
15

TEMP REGUL
15

OFF

FAULT

ISOL VALVES

ISOL VALVES

ISOL VALVES

1212VM

AFT

BULK

APU
SHUT
OFF

FWD

CARGO AIR COND

SEC 2

PRIM 2

F/CTL

HORN RESET

AVNCS VENT

LIGHT TEST

ELT

COCKPIT
CALL

OFF

IR1

NAV

OFF

FAULT

OFF

FAULT

ADR1

L MID

L MID

L OUTR

L OUTR

OFF

ATT

L INR

L INR

FEED 1

FEED 1

HI LVL

HI LVL
FEED 3

FEED 3

R INR

R INR

FEED 4

FEED 4

OFF

FAULT

ADR3

NAV

OFF

FAULT

IR3

ADIRS

PUSH

FIRE

APU

OFF

FAULT

ADR2

ATT

ON

A
U
T
O

PROBE/WINDOW
HEAT

ATT

OFF

NAV

OFF

FAULT

IR2

DISCH

SQUIB

AGENT

1221VM

REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVES

TRIM

TRIM

FEED 2

FEED 2

R MID

R MID

R OUTR

R OUTR

SHUT

OPEN

SHUT

OPEN

OFF

ON

FAULT

FIRE

TO
GA

T
H
R

CL

FLX
M
C
T

OFF

ON

AUTO
REFUEL

FIRE
FAULT

ENG
MASTER

PRESELECT

DECREASE

INCREASE

PRESELECT (PFQ)

OFF

MODE SELECT

XFR

DEFUEL

MAN
REFUEL

kg

ACTUAL (FOB)

NORMAL

BATTERY

POWER SUPPLY

FAULT

OFF

ON

T
H
R

CL

FLX
M
C
T

TO
GA

OFF

ON

1125 VU

FAULT

FIRE

APU EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN

FIRE

OVERFLOW

STATUS

FAULT

SHUTOFF
TEST

@A380

AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0100101_01_01

Control Panels
FIGURE-10-0-0-991-010-A01

Page 13
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

FR112

315AR

FR117

315AL

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0110101_01_01

APU Compartment Access


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-011-A01

10-0-0

Page 14
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0120101_01_01

Aircraft Ground Clearances


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-012-A01

10-0-0

Page 15
Dec 01/14

@A380
AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS - AIRPORT AND MAINTENANCE PLANNING

**ON A/C A380-800

L_AC_100000_1_0130101_01_02

Structural Break-in Points


FIGURE-10-0-0-991-013-A01

10-0-0

Page 16
Dec 01/14